# embedding_metadata

key: chroma:document
string_value:
Cartridge for active inlet valve 600 bar 17 G1312-23201 Adapter 18 0515-2118 Pump head screw (M5, 60 mm) InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option Figure 14 Pump Head Assembly with Seal Wash Option 4 16 a,b 162 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Outlet Valve Outlet Valve Figure 15 Outlet valve p/n Description G1312-60067 Outlet


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for Maintenance Outlet Valve Outlet Valve Figure 15 Outlet valve p/n Description G1312-60067 Outlet valve 1220/1260 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Purge Valve Assembly Purge Valve Assembly Figure 16 Purge Valve Assembly Item p/n Description 1 G7111-60061 Purge valve 2 01018-22707 PTFE frits (pack of 5) 3 5067-4728 Seal cap 5067-6595 1260 PV O-ring FKM 5/pack 164 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1260 PV O-ring FKM 5/pack 164 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Active Inlet Valve Assembly Active Inlet Valve Assembly Figure 17 Active Inlet Valve Assembly Item p/n Description 1 G1312-60025 Active inlet valve body, without cartridge 2 G1312-60020 Cartridge for active inlet valve 600 bar InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance HPLC System Tool Kit HPLC System Tool Kit


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance HPLC System Tool Kit HPLC System Tool Kit HPLC System Tool Kit-Infinity-II (G7120-68708) contains the following items: p/n Description 9301-0411 Syringe; Plastic 9301-1337 Syringe adapter 0100-1710 Mounting Tool for Tubing Connections 8710-0510 Wrench open 1/4 — 5/16 inch 8710-1924 Wrench open 14 mm 01018-23702 Insert tool 0100-1681 Syringe adapter luer/barb 8710-2394 Hex key 9/64 inch 15 cm long T-handle 8710-1534 Wrench, 4 mm both ends,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
adapter luer/barb 8710-2394 Hex key 9/64 inch 15 cm long T-handle 8710-1534 Wrench, 4 mm both ends, open end 8710-2409 Wrench open end, 5/16 – 3/8 inch 8710-0899 Pozidriv screwdriver 5023-2500 Spanner double open ended SW-5 5023-2504 Hex driver SW-4 slitted 5023-2503 Hex driver SW-5 slitted 5023-2502 Hex driver SW-6.35, slitted 5023-2501 Screwdriver Torx-T10 8720-0025 Wrench, 1/2 inch & 9/16 inch p/n Description 5023-2524 Hex Key Set + Driver p/n Description 01080-83202 Blank nut 166


key: chroma:document
string_value:
9/16 inch p/n Description 5023-2524 Hex Key Set + Driver p/n Description 01080-83202 Blank nut 166 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Active Seal Wash Option Active Seal Wash Option The Active Seal Wash Option kit (G1399-60001) contains the following parts: #p / n D e s c r i p t i o n 1 5062-2484 Gasket, seal wash (pack of 6) 1 01018-23702 Insert tool 4 01018-60027 Support ring seal wash 2 0515-1508 Screws for Seal Wash Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
01018-23702 Insert tool 4 01018-60027 Support ring seal wash 2 0515-1508 Screws for Seal Wash Pump Motor 1 5065-9978 Tubing, 1 mm i.d., 3 mm o.d., silicone, 5 m 4 0905-1175 Wash seal (PTFE) 1 5063-6589 Piston seal PTFE, carbon filled, black (pack of 2), default 1 1460-2763 Compression Spring SST 2 1520-0260 Shock mount 1 1540-0455 Edge protector 1 5041-2120 Folding box 1 5042-6401 Peristalic Pump Pharmed 1 5042-6422 Tubing connector, 1 mm o.d. 1 5065-9943 Stepper Motor for the Peristaltic Pump


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pharmed 1 5042-6422 Tubing connector, 1 mm o.d. 1 5065-9943 Stepper Motor for the Peristaltic Pump 1 G3010-01203 RFI Strip 10×30 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Solvent Cabinet Solvent Cabinet For details refer to: Usage Guideline for the Solvent Cabinet (01200-90150) p/n Description 5067-5760 Solvent Cabinet Kit 168 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Bottle Head


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Bottle Head Assembly Bottle Head Assembly p/n Description G7120-60007 Bottle Head Assembly 5063-6598 Ferrules with lock ring (10/Pk) 5063-6599 Tube screw (10/Pk) Wire marker 5062-2483 Tube PTFE 1.5 mm x 5 m, 3 mm od 5062-8517 Inlet filter adapter (4/Pk) 5041-2168 Solvent inlet filter, 20 µm pore size InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Cover Parts


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Cover Parts Cover Parts Figure 18 Cover Parts Item p/n Description 1 5067-5746 Door Assembly Infinity 180 Right 2 5067-5745 Door Assembly Infinity 180 Left 3 5043-1354 Name Plate 1290 Infinity 4 G7104-68713 Cabinet Kit 180 Infinity II (includes sides, bottom, top, leak adapter top and Status Indicator Insert)     170 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9


key: chroma:document
string_value:
    170 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 9 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit Accessory Kit The Accessory Kit (G7111-68755) contains the following items: #p / n D e s c r i p t i o n 2 5043-1013 Tubing Clip 1 5181-1519 CAN cable, Agilent module to module, 1 m 1 5500-1246 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 500 mm SI/SI 1 5500-1217 Capillary ST 0.17 mm x 900 mm SI/SX ps-ps 3 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste)


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ST 0.17 mm x 900 mm SI/SX ps-ps 3 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) 1 G1311-90107 Algae note 3 5500-1169 Y Tube Connector ID6.4 3 5500-1155 Tube Connector, 90 degree, ID 6.4 1 5043-1372 Tubing Connector Leak 3-1 2 5043-1373 Tubing Connector Leak Cap InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Agilent Technologies LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First TCP/IP parameter configuration Configuration Switches Initialization Mode Selection


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to Do First TCP/IP parameter configuration Configuration Switches Initialization Mode Selection Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) Manual Configuration With Telnet This chapter provides information on connecting the module to the Agilent ChemStation PC. 204 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First What You Have to Do First The module has an on- board LAN communication interface.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Have to Do First What You Have to Do First The module has an on- board LAN communication interface. 1 Note the MAC (Media Access Control) address for further reference. The MAC or hardware address of the LAN interfaces is a world wide unique identifier. No other network device will have the same hardware address. The MAC address can be found on a label at the rear of the module underneath the configuration switch (see Figure 24 on page 204). Figure 23 MAC-Label 2 Connect the instrument's LAN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
switch (see Figure 24 on page 204). Figure 23 MAC-Label 2 Connect the instrument's LAN interface (see Figure 24 on page 204) to  the PC network card using a crossover network cable (point-to-point) or  a hub or switch using a standard LAN cable. Figure 24 Location of LAN interfaces and MAC label NOTE This chapter is generic and may show figures that differ from your module. The functionality is the same. 3DUWQXPEHURIWKHGHWHFWRUPDLQERDUG 5HYLVLRQ&RGH9HQGRU<HDUDQG:HHNRIDVVHPEO\


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the same. 3DUWQXPEHURIWKHGHWHFWRUPDLQERDUG 5HYLVLRQ&RGH9HQGRU<HDUDQG:HHNRIDVVHPEO\ 0$&DGGUHVV &RXQWU\RI2ULJLQ /$1LQWHUIDFH 0$&ODEHO InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration To operate properly in a network environment, the LAN interface must be configured with valid TCP/IP network parameters. These parameters are:  IP address  Subnet Mask  Default Gateway The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
TCP/IP network parameters. These parameters are:  IP address  Subnet Mask  Default Gateway The TCP/IP parameters can be configured by the following methods:  by automatically requesting the parameters from a network-based DHCP Server (using the so-called Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). This mode requires a LAN-onboard Module or a G1369C LAN Interface card, see “Setup (DHCP)” on page  by manually setting the parameters using Telnet  by manually setting the parameters using the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 by manually setting the parameters using Telnet  by manually setting the parameters using the Instant Pilot (G4208A) The LAN interface differentiates between several initialization modes. The initialization mode (short form ‘init mode’) defines how to determine the active TCP/IP parameters after power-on. The parameters may be derived non-volatile memory or initialized with known default values. The initialization mode is selected by the configuration switch, see Table 18 on page 207. 206


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The initialization mode is selected by the configuration switch, see Table 18 on page 207. 206 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Configuration Switches Configuration Switches The configuration switch can be accessed at the rear of the module. Figure 25 Location of Configuration switch (example shows a G7114A/B VWD) The module is shipped with all switches set to OFF, as shown above. &RQILJXUDWLRQVZLWFK NOTE To perform any LAN


key: chroma:document
string_value:
with all switches set to OFF, as shown above. &RQILJXUDWLRQVZLWFK NOTE To perform any LAN configuration, SW1 and SW2 must be set to OFF. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Initialization Mode Selection The following initialization (init) modes are selectable: Default IP address for LAN is 192.168.254.11. DHCP address is the module’s LAN MAC address. Using Stored When initialization mode Using Stored is selected,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is the module’s LAN MAC address. Using Stored When initialization mode Using Stored is selected, the parameters are taken from the non-volatile memory of the module. The TCP/IP connection will be established using these parameters. The parameters were configured previously by one of the described methods. Figure 26 Using Stored (Principle) Table 18 Initialization Mode Switches SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Init Mode 000000U s e D e f a u l t I P Address 000010U s e S t o r e d I P A d d r e s s


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SW5 SW6 Init Mode 000000U s e D e f a u l t I P Address 000010U s e S t o r e d I P A d d r e s s 000100U s e D H C P Note: The setting ‘0’ (down) is essential. 1RQ9RODWLOH 5$0 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 208 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Using Default When Using Default is selected, the factory default parameters are taken instead. These parameters enable a TCP/IP connection to the LAN interface without


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are taken instead. These parameters enable a TCP/IP connection to the LAN interface without further configuration, see Table 19 on page 208. Figure 27 Using Default (Principle) Since the default IP address is a so-called local address, it will not be routed by any network device. Thus, the PC and the module must reside in the same subnet. The user may open a Telnet session using the default IP address and change the parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. He may then close


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and change the parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. He may then close the session, select the initialization mode Using Stored, power-on again and establish the TCP/IP connection using the new parameters. When the module is wired to the PC directly (e.g. using a cross-over cable or a local hub), separated from the local area network, the user may simply keep the default parameters to establish the TCP/IP connection. $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 'HIDXOW 3DUDPHWHU NOTE Using the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
parameters to establish the TCP/IP connection. $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 'HIDXOW 3DUDPHWHU NOTE Using the default address in your local area network may result in network problems. Take care and change it to a valid address immediately. Table 19 Using Default Parameters IP address: 192.168.254.11 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway not specified NOTE In the Using Default mode, the parameters stored in the memory of the module are not cleared automatically. If not changed by the user, they are


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in the memory of the module are not cleared automatically. If not changed by the user, they are still available, when switching back to the mode Using Stored. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. The DHCP functionality is available on all


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. When the initialization mode “DHCP” is selected, the card tries to download the parameters from a DHCP Server. The parameters obtained become the active parameters immediately. They are not stored


key: chroma:document
string_value:
DHCP Server. The parameters obtained become the active parameters immediately. They are not stored to the non-volatile memory of the card. Besides requesting the network parameters, the card also submits its hostname to the DHCP Server. The hostname equals the MAC address of the card, e.g. 0030d3177321. It is the DHCP server's responsibility to forward the hostname/address information to the Domain Name Server. The card does not offer any services for hostname resolution (e.g. NetBIOS). Figure


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Name Server. The card does not offer any services for hostname resolution (e.g. NetBIOS). Figure 28 DHCP (Principle) '+&3 6HUYHU $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU NOTE 1 It may take some time until the DHCP server has updated the DNS server with the hostname information. 2 It may be necessary to fully qualify the hostname with the DNS suffix, e.g. 0030d3177321.country.company.com. 3 The DHCP server may reject the hostname proposed by the card and assign a name following local naming conventions. 210


key: chroma:document
string_value:
reject the hostname proposed by the card and assign a name following local naming conventions. 210 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. 1 Note the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
or modules with "D"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. 1 Note the MAC address of the LAN interface (provided with G1369C LAN Interface Card or Main Board). This MAC address is on a label on the card or at the rear of the main board, e.g. 0030d3177321. On the Instant Pilot the MAC address can be found under Details in the LAN section. Figure 29 LAN Setting on Instant Pilot InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Pilot InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 2 Set the Configuration Switch to DHCP either on the G1369C LAN Interface Card or the main board of above mentioned modules. 3 Turn on the module that hosts the LAN interface. 4 Configure your Control Software (e.g. OpenLAB CDS ChemStation Edition, Lab Advisor, Firmware Update Tool) and use MAC address as host name, e.g. 0030d3177321. The LC system should become


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Update Tool) and use MAC address as host name, e.g. 0030d3177321. The LC system should become visible in the control software (see Note in section “General Information (DHCP)” on page 209). Table 20 G1369C LAN Interface Card (configuration switch on the card) S W 4S W 5S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF OFF OFF DHCP Table 21 LC Modules with 8-bit configuration switch (B-firmware) (configuration switch at rear of the instrument) S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(configuration switch at rear of the instrument) S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF DHCP 212 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration Manual Configuration Manual configuration only alters the set of parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. It never affects the currently active parameters. Therefore, manual configuration can be done at any time. A power cycle is mandatory to make the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Therefore, manual configuration can be done at any time. A power cycle is mandatory to make the stored parameters become the active parameters, given that the initialization mode selection switches are allowing it. Figure 30 Manual Configuration (Principle) 7(/1(7 6HVVLRQ &RQWURO 0RGXOH 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU 1RQ9RODWLOH 5$0 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration With Telnet Whenever a TCP/IP connection to the module is possible (TCP/IP


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual Configuration With Telnet Whenever a TCP/IP connection to the module is possible (TCP/IP parameters set by any method), the parameters may be altered by opening a Telnet session. 1 Open the system (DOS) prompt window by clicking on Windows START button and select “Run...”. Type “cmd” and press OK. 2 Type the following at the system (DOS) prompt:  c:\>telnet <IP address> or  c:\>telnet <host name> Figure 31 Telnet - Starting a session where <IP address> may be the assigned address from


key: chroma:document
string_value:
name> Figure 31 Telnet - Starting a session where <IP address> may be the assigned address from a Bootp cycle, a configuration session with the Handheld Controller, or the default IP address (see “Configuration Switches” on page 206). When the connection was established successfully, the module responds with the following: Figure 32 A connection to the module is made 214 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 3 Type ? and press


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 3 Type ? and press enter to see the available commands. Figure 33 Telnet Commands 4 To change a parameter follows the style:  parameter value, for example: ip 134.40.28.56 Then press [Enter], where parameter refers to the configuration parameter you are defining, and value refers to the definitions you are assigning to that parameter. Each parameter entry is followed by a carriage return. Table 22 Telnet Commands


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to that parameter. Each parameter entry is followed by a carriage return. Table 22 Telnet Commands Value Description ? displays syntax and descriptions of commands / displays current LAN settings ip <x.x.x.x> sets new ip address sm <x.x.x.x> sets new subnet mask gw <x.x.x.x> sets new default gateway exit exits shell and saves all changes InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 5 Use the “/” and press Enter to list the current


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 5 Use the “/” and press Enter to list the current settings. 6 Change the IP address (in this example 192.168.254.12) and type “/” to list current settings. Figure 34 Telnet - Current settings in "Using Stored" mode information about the LAN interface MAC address, initialization mode Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings TCP/IP status - here ready connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not


key: chroma:document
string_value:
status - here ready connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected Figure 35 Telnet - Change IP settings change of IP setting to Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings stored TCP/IP settings in non-volatile memory connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected 216 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 7 When you have finished


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ty II Binary Pump User Manual 12 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 7 When you have finished typing the configuration parameters, type exit and press Enter to exit with storing parameters. Figure 36 Closing the Telnet Session NOTE If the Initialization Mode Switch is changed now to “Using Stored” mode, the instrument will take the stored settings when the module is re-booted. In the example above it would be 192.168.254.12.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
10 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Product Description (G7129A) Product Description (G7129A) The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Vialsampler is designed for the reliability, safety, and ease-of-use needed for routine pharmaceutical tasks and quality control, as well as for environmental and food analyses. It can house optionally the integrated column compartment for two LC columns with temperature control up to 80 °C as well as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC columns with temperature control up to 80 °C as well as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for stable temperatures down to 4 °C or from 4 °C up to 40 °C, all within one module. Figure 1 Overview of the Vialsampler 6WDWXVLQGLFDWRU 1HHGOHDVVHPEO\ 'UDZHU &ROXPQVKHOI /HDNGUDLQ 3RZHUVZLWFK Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Features (G7129A) Features (G7129A)  Reliable injections from 0.1 μL to 100 μL  Capacity for up to 132


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(G7129A) Features (G7129A)  Reliable injections from 0.1 μL to 100 μL  Capacity for up to 132 vials (2 mL)  Easy adaption for injection volumes up to 1800 μL for applications ranging from microbore to semipreparative chromatography  Includes a needle flush port for rinsing of outside needle to maintain lowest carryover during routine work  Integrated column compartment as option or upgrade available, holding two columns up to 30 cm length, and providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
available, holding two columns up to 30 cm length, and providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for reproducible chromatography data at optimized resolution  Integrated sample cooler as option or upgrade available, providing high cooling capacity for all vials loaded down to 4 °C  Integrated sample thermostat as opti on or upgrade available, providing high cooling and heating capacity for all vials loaded from 4 °C to 40 °C  Low internal volume for minimum contribution to a system's total


key: chroma:document
string_value:
vials loaded from 4 °C to 40 °C  Low internal volume for minimum contribution to a system's total internal volume, which can be even further reduced using "bypass" mode  Overlapped injections for increased productivity  Injection program available for customizing advanced injections as well as for sample preparation steps upfront injection 12 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Product Description (G7129B) Product Description (G7129B) The Agilent 1290


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual 1 Introduction Product Description (G7129B) Product Description (G7129B) The Agilent 1290 Infinity II Vialsampler is designed for UHPLC applications up to 1300 bar. It provides the reliability, safety, and ease-of-use needed for routine pharmaceutical tasks and quality control, as well as for environmental and food analyses. It can house optionally the integrated column compartment for two LC columns with temperature control up to 80 °C as well as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
LC columns with temperature control up to 80 °C as well as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for stable temperatures down to 4 °C or from 4 °C up to 40 °C, all within one module. Figure 2 Overview of the Vialsampler 6WDWXVLQGLFDWRU 1HHGOHDVVHPEO\ 'UDZHU &ROXPQVKHOI /HDNGUDLQ 3RZHUVZLWFK Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Features (G7129B) Features (G7129B)  Reliable injections from 0.1 μL to 20 μL  Capacity for up to 132


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(G7129B) Features (G7129B)  Reliable injections from 0.1 μL to 20 μL  Capacity for up to 132 vials (2 mL)  Easy adaption for injection volumes up to 1500 μL for applications ranging from microbore to semipreparative chromatography  Includes a needle flush port for rinsing of outside needle to maintain lowest carryover during routine work  Integrated column compartment as option or upgrade available, holding two columns up to 30 cm length, and providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
available, holding two columns up to 30 cm length, and providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for reproducible chromatography data at optimized resolution  Integrated sample cooler as option or upgrade available, providing high cooling capacity for all vials loaded down to 4 °C  Integrated sample thermostat as opti on or upgrade available, providing high cooling and heating capacity for all vials loaded from 4 °C to 40 °C  Low internal volume for the minimum contribution to a system's total


key: chroma:document
string_value:
loaded from 4 °C to 40 °C  Low internal volume for the minimum contribution to a system's total internal volume, which can be even further reduced using "bypass" mode  Overlapped injections for increased productivity  Injection program available for customizing advanced injections as well as for sample preparation steps upfront injection 14 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Product Description (G7129C) Product Description (G7129C) The Agilent 1260 Infinity


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1 Introduction Product Description (G7129C) Product Description (G7129C) The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Vialsampler is designed for the reliability, safety, and ease-of-use needed for routine pharmaceutical tasks and quality control, as well as for environmental and food analyses. It can house optionally the integrated column compartment for two LC columns with temperature control up to 80 °C as well as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for stable temperatures down to 4 °C or from 4 °C up to 40


key: chroma:document
string_value:
as a sample cooler/sample thermostat for stable temperatures down to 4 °C or from 4 °C up to 40 °C, all within one module. Figure 3 Overview of the Vialsampler 6WDWXVLQGLFDWRU 1HHGOHDVVHPEO\ 'UDZHU &ROXPQVKHOI /HDNGUDLQ 3RZHUVZLWFK Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Features (G7129C) Features (G7129C)  Reliable injections from 0.1 μL to 100 μL  Capacity for up to 132 vials (2 mL)  Easy adaption for injection volumes up to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
0.1 μL to 100 μL  Capacity for up to 132 vials (2 mL)  Easy adaption for injection volumes up to 1800 μL for applications ranging from microbore to semipreparative chromatography  Includes a needle flush port for rinsing of outside needle to maintain lowest carryover during routine work  Integrated column compartment as option or upgrade available, holding two columns up to 30 cm length, and providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for reproducible chromatography data at optimized resolution


key: chroma:document
string_value:
providing heating capacity up to 80 °C for reproducible chromatography data at optimized resolution  Integrated sample cooler as option or upgrade available, providing high cooling capacity for all vials loaded down to 4 °C  Integrated sample thermostat as opti on or upgrade available, providing high cooling and heating capacity for all vials loaded from 4 °C to 40 °C  Low internal volume for minimum contribution to a system's total internal volume, which can be even further reduced using


key: chroma:document
string_value:
minimum contribution to a system's total internal volume, which can be even further reduced using "bypass" mode  Overlapped injections for increased productivity  Injection program available for customizing advanced injections as well as for sample preparation steps upfront injection 16 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Overview of the Module Overview of the Module The Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers are designed for use with other modules of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers are designed for use with other modules of the Agilent InfinityLab LC Series, 1200 Series, and 1100 Series LC, or with other LC systems if adequate remote control inputs and outputs are available. The vialsamplers can be controlled by Agilent Local Controllers or by Agilent control software (OpenLAB CDS, Masshunter etc.). Three sample-rack sizes are available for the vialsampler. The standard half-size rack holds 2× 66 vials (2.0 mL) while the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are available for the vialsampler. The standard half-size rack holds 2× 66 vials (2.0 mL) while the other half-size rack options provide space for 2× 18 vials (6.0 mL) respectively. Any two half-size rack drawers can be installed in the vialsampler simultaneously. A specially designed two half-size sample-rack holding 2× 50 vials (2.0 mL) vials is available for method compatibility. These special 2× 50 vials (2.0 mL) half-size racks are not designed for combinations with the other rack


key: chroma:document
string_value:
special 2× 50 vials (2.0 mL) half-size racks are not designed for combinations with the other rack portfolio. The vialsamplers transport mechanism uses an X-Z-Theta movement to optimize vial pick-up and return. Vials are picked up by the gripper arm, and positioned below the needle station. The gripper transport mechanism, the needle station, and the hydraulic unit are driven by motors. Movement is monitored by optical sensors and optical encoders to ensure correct operation. The metering


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is monitored by optical sensors and optical encoders to ensure correct operation. The metering device is always flushed after injection to ensure minimum carry-over. The standard analytical head of the metering device provides injection volumes from 0.1 – 100 μL for the 1260 Infinity II Vialsampler and 0.1 – 20 μL for the 1290 Infinity II Vialsampler version. The 1260 Infinity II Vialsampler can be operated at up to 600 bar (G7129A) or 800 bar (G7129C) while the Infinity II Vialsampler has a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be operated at up to 600 bar (G7129A) or 800 bar (G7129C) while the Infinity II Vialsampler has a pressure limit up to 1300 bar. A head with extended volume is available for injection volumes from 0.1 – 900 μL and can be operated up to 400 bar. The six- port injection valve unit (only 5 ports are used) is driven by a high- speed hybrid stepper motor. During the sampling sequence, the valve unit bypasses the vialsampler, and directly connects the flow from the pump to the column. During


key: chroma:document
string_value:
unit bypasses the vialsampler, and directly connects the flow from the pump to the column. During injection and analysis, the valve unit directs the flow through the vialsampler. This ensures that all the sample is completely injected into the column. Any sample residue is removed from the metering device and from the needle before the next sampling sequence begins. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Overview of the Module For applications that require control


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Overview of the Module For applications that require control of the vial temperature, the module can be combined with the Agilent 1290 Infini ty Sample Cooler (G7167-60005) or with a Sample Thermostat (G7167-60101). The combination of the Vialsampler with the sample cooler is called a "cooled Vialsampler", the combination of the Vialsampler with the sample thermostat is called a "thermostated Vialsampler". For more details, refer to the 1290 Infinity Sample


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is called a "thermostated Vialsampler". For more details, refer to the 1290 Infinity Sample Cooler or Sample Thermostat documentation. 18 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Operating Principle Operating Principle Sampling Sequence The Vialsampler processor continuously monitors the movements of the vialsampler components during the sampling sequence. The processor defines specific time windows and mechanical ranges for each movement. If a specific step of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
defines specific time windows and mechanical ranges for each movement. If a specific step of the sampling sequence can’t be completed successfully, an error message is generated. During the sampling sequence, the solvent bypasses the vialsampler via the injection valve. The gripper arm selects the sample vial, either from a static sample rack, or from external vial positions. The gripper arm places the sample vial below the injection needle. The required volume of sample is drawn into the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
places the sample vial below the injection needle. The required volume of sample is drawn into the sample loop by the metering device. Sample is applied to the column when the injection valve returns to the mainpass (main path) position at the end of the sampling sequence. The sampling sequence occurs in the following order: 1 The injection valve switches to the bypass position. 2 The piston of the metering device moves to the initialization position. 3 The gripper arm moves from the home


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of the metering device moves to the initialization position. 3 The gripper arm moves from the home position, and selects the vial. At the same time, the needle lifts out of the seat. 4 The gripper moves into the needle station and stops in the draw position. 5 The needle lowers into the vial. 6 The metering device draws the defined sample volume. 7 The needle lifts out of the vial. 8 The gripper arm moves out slightly and stops in the wash position 1. 9 The needle moves downwards and dips into


key: chroma:document
string_value:
arm moves out slightly and stops in the wash position 1. 9 The needle moves downwards and dips into the wash well of the wash port. Simultaneously the peristaltic pump delivers the flush solvent. 10 The needle moves back.1 1 only if automated needle wash is selected. If this feature is disabled, the gripper arm positions the sample vial directly below the needle (Step 4) and lowers the needle into the vial. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the vial. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle 11 The gripper arm moves out of the needle station and the wash port snaps back in position. 12 The gripper arm replaces the vial, and returns to the home position. Simultaneously, the needle lowers into the seat. 13 The injection valve switches to the mainpass (main path) position. Injection Sequence Before the start of the injection sequence, and during an analysis, the injection valve is in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Before the start of the injection sequence, and during an analysis, the injection valve is in the mainpass (main path) position (see Figure 4 on page 19). In this position, the mobile phase flows through the autosamplers metering device, sample loop, and needle. This ensures that all parts in contact with sample are flushed during the run, thus minimizing carry-over. Figure 4 Mainpass (main path) Position - standard position during runs and when the sampler is idle 9LDO :DVK SRUW


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Position - standard position during runs and when the sampler is idle 9LDO :DVK SRUW 1HHGOH VHDW 6DPSOLQJORRS 6ROYHQW :DVK SXPS 0HWHULQJ GHYLFH 20 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Operating Principle When the sample sequence begins, the valve unit switches to the bypass position (see Figure 5 on page 20). Solvent from the pump enters the valve unit at port 1, and flows directly to the column through


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Solvent from the pump enters the valve unit at port 1, and flows directly to the column through port 6. Figure 5 Valve in bypass - needle in vial, metering device aspirates sample volume 9LDO :DVK SRUW 1HHGOH VHDW 6DPSOLQJORRS 6ROYHQW :DVK SXPS 0HWHULQJ GHYLFH Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle Then the vial is positioned below the needle. The needle moves down into the vial, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Principle Then the vial is positioned below the needle. The needle moves down into the vial, the metering unit draws the required sample volume into the loop, and the needle is raised. In the next step, the needle is washed (see Figure 6 on page 21). Figure 6 Outer face of needle getting washed in wash port 9LDO :DVK SRUW 1HHGOH VHDW 6DPSOLQJORRS 6ROYHQW :DVK SXPS 0HWHULQJ GHYLFH 22 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
SXPS 0HWHULQJ GHYLFH 22 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Operating Principle When the metering unit has drawn the required volume of sample into the sample loop, the vial is replaced in the sample tray. The wash port flips into the origin position, the needle is lowered into the needle seat, and the injection valve switches back to mainpass (main path) position, flushing the sample onto the column (see Figure 7 on page 22). Figure 7 Valve


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(main path) position, flushing the sample onto the column (see Figure 7 on page 22). Figure 7 Valve switches to mainpass (main path) - sample is transferred towards the LC column 9LDO :DVK SRUW 1HHGOH VHDW 6DPSOLQJORRS 6ROYHQW :DVK SXPS 0HWHULQJ GHYLFH Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle Needle Parkstation The needle parkstation comprises two main assemblies: needle drive and wash port.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Parkstation The needle parkstation comprises two main assemblies: needle drive and wash port. Figure 8 Needle Station Needle-Drive The needle movement is driven by a stepper motor connected to the spindle assembly by a toothed belt. The circular motion of the motor is converted to linear motion by the drive nut on the spindle assembly. The upper and lower needle positions are detected by reflection sensors on the needle station board, while the needle-in-vial position is determined by counting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sensors on the needle station board, while the needle-in-vial position is determined by counting the motor steps from the upper needle-sensor position. 24 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Operating Principle Hydraulic Box The hydraulic box comprises two main assemblies: metering device, and injection valve. Figure 9 Hydraulic Unit Analytical Head The analytical head is driven by the stepper motor that is connected to the drive shaft by a toothed belt. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
head is driven by the stepper motor that is connected to the drive shaft by a toothed belt. The drive nut on the spindle converts the circular movement of the spindle to linear motion. The drive nut pushes the sapphire piston against the tension of the spring into the analytical head. The base of the piston sits on the large bearing of the drive nut, which ensures the piston is always centered. A ceramic ring guides the movement of the piston in the analytical head. The home position of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
A ceramic ring guides the movement of the piston in the analytical head. The home position of the piston is sensed by an optical sensor on the hydraulic unit board while the sample volume is determined by counting the number of steps from the home position. The backward movement of the piston (driven by the spring) draws sample from the vial. NOTE The replacement hydraulic box excludes the injection valve and metering head assemblies. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual


key: chroma:document
string_value:
valve and metering head assemblies. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle Injection Valve The two-position 6-port injection valve is driven by a stepper motor. Only five of the six ports are used (port 3 is not used). A lever/slider mechanism transfers the movement of the stepper motor to the injection valve. Two microswitches monitor switching of the valve (bypass and mainpass (main path) end positions). No valve adjustments are required after


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the valve (bypass and mainpass (main path) end positions). No valve adjustments are required after replacing internal components. 26 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 1 Introduction Operating Principle Transport Assembly The transport unit comprises an X-axis slide (left-right motion), a Z-axis arm (up-down motion), and a gripper assembly (rotation and vial-gripping). Figure 10 Transport Assembly The transport assembly uses four stepper motors driven in closed-loop mode for


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Transport Assembly The transport assembly uses four stepper motors driven in closed-loop mode for accurate positioning of the gripper assembly. The rotational movement of the motors is converted to linear motion (X- and Z-axes) by toothed belts connected to the drive spindles. The rotation (theta axes) of the gripper assembly is transferred from the motor by a toothed belt and series of gears. The opening and closing of the gripper fingers are driven by a stepper motor linked by a toothed belt


key: chroma:document
string_value:
opening and closing of the gripper fingers are driven by a stepper motor linked by a toothed belt to the planetary gearing inside the gripper assembly. ;PRWRU 7KHWDPRWRU *ULSSHUPRWRU *ULSSHUDUP =PRWRU )OH[ERDUG 7KHWDD[LV ;D[LV =D[LV Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Introduction Operating Principle The stepper motor positions are determined by the optical encoders mounted onto the stepper-motor housing. The encoders


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are determined by the optical encoders mounted onto the stepper-motor housing. The encoders monitor the position of the motors continually, and correct for position errors automatically (e.g. if the gripper is accidentally moved out of position when loading vials into the vial tray). The initialization positions of the moving components are sensed by reflection sensors mounted on the flex board. These positions are used by the processor to calculate the actual motor position. An additional six


key: chroma:document
string_value:
These positions are used by the processor to calculate the actual motor position. An additional six reflection sensors for tray recognition are mounted on the flex board at the front of the assembly. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Using the Module Status Indicators Status Indicators 1 The module status indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3. Not-ready. Waiting for a specific pre-run condition to be reached or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
1. Idle 2. Run mode 3. Not-ready. Waiting for a specific pre-run condition to be reached or completed. 4. Error mode - interrupts the analysis and requires attention (for example a leak or defective internal components). 5. Resident mode (blinking) - for example during update of main firmware. 6. Bootloader mode (fast blinking). Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Agilent Technologies Optimizing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
update. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Agilent Technologies Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over Using the Automated Needle Wash (Wash Port) Using an Injector Program General Recommendation to Lowest Carry-Over Fast Injection Cycle and Low Delay Volume Overlapped Injection Mode General Recommendations for Fast Injection Cycle Times Precise Injection Volume Draw and Eject Speed Choice of Rotor Seal This chapter provides information on how to optimize


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Draw and Eject Speed Choice of Rotor Seal This chapter provides information on how to optimize the module. 132 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over Optimization for Lowest Carry-over Several parts of an injection system can contribute to carry-over:  needle outside  needle inside  needle seat  sample loop  seat capillary  injection valve The autosampler continuous flow-through design ensures that sample loop,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 injection valve The autosampler continuous flow-through design ensures that sample loop, needle inside, seat capillary, and the mainpass (main path) of the injection valve is always in the flow line. These parts are continuously flushed during an isocratic and also during a gradient analysis. The residual amount of sample remaining on the outside of the needle after injection may contribute to carry-over in some instances. When using small injection volumes or when injecting samples of low


key: chroma:document
string_value:
carry-over in some instances. When using small injection volumes or when injecting samples of low concentration immediately after samples of high concentration, carry-over may become noticeable. Using the automated needle wash enables the carry-over to be minimized and prevents also contamination of the needle seat. Using the Automated Needle Wash (Wash Port) The automated needle wash can be programmed either as method parameter "enable needle wash" or the needle wash can be included into the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
either as method parameter "enable needle wash" or the needle wash can be included into the injector program. When the automated needle wash is used, the needle is moved into a wash vial before the sample is drawn. By washing the needle before drawing a sample, the sample is removed from the surface of the needle immediately. For best results and to obtain minimum carry-over, the wash port should contain solvent in which the sample components are soluble. The wash port flapper is located in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
contain solvent in which the sample components are soluble. The wash port flapper is located in the needle statio n and a peristaltic pump delivers the wash solvent. It has a volume of ca. 0.5 mL and the peristaltic pump delivers ca. 5 mL/min, which means the wash port volume is completely refilled with fresh solvent in ca. 6 s. If the wash port is selected, the user can set the length Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest


key: chroma:document
string_value:
InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over of time for washing the outside of the needle with fresh solvent. This may be as low as two or three seconds in routine situations where carryover is less of a problem and 10 to 20 s for more complete washing. It is recommended that washing the outside of the needle in the flush port should be standard procedure to avoid contaminating the needle seat. Using the Needle Wash in the Wash Vial


key: chroma:document
string_value:
standard procedure to avoid contaminating the needle seat. Using the Needle Wash in the Wash Vial For very critical applications where the outside of the needle cannot be cleaned sufficiently with one wash port solvent you can use an injector program and an additional wash vial with an appropriate and stronger solvent for cleaning. The wash vial should contain solvent in which the sample components are soluble, and the vial should not be capped. If the wash vial is capped, small amounts of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
are soluble, and the vial should not be capped. If the wash vial is capped, small amounts of sample remain on the surface of the septum, which may be carried on the needle to the next sample. Injector Program with Needle Wash The injector program includes the command WASH. When this command is included in the injector program, the needle is lowered once into the specified wash vial or flushport before injection. For example: 1 WASH > Location P2-A1 or flushport 2 Draw 5 μL from Sample Location


key: chroma:document
string_value:
injection. For example: 1 WASH > Location P2-A1 or flushport 2 Draw 5 μL from Sample Location P1-A1 3 INJECT Line 1 moves the needle to vial P2-A1 or the flushport. Line 2 draws 5 μL from the current sample vial P1-A1. Line 3 injects the sample (valve switches to main pass). 134 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over Using an Injector Program The process is based on a program that switches the bypass grove of the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Using an Injector Program The process is based on a program that switches the bypass grove of the injection valve into the flow line for cleaning. This switching event is performed at the end of the equilibration time to ensure that the bypass grove is filled with the start concentration of the mobile phase. Otherwise the separation could be influenced, especially if microbore columns are used. Example Outside wash of needle in vial p2-A1 before injection Injector program:  Draw x.x (y) μl


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Example Outside wash of needle in vial p2-A1 before injection Injector program:  Draw x.x (y) μl from sample  WASH vial location p2-A1  Inject Wait (equilibration time - see text above) Valve bypass Wait 0.2 min Valve mainpass (main path) Valve bypass Valve mainpass (main path) NOTE Overlapped injection together with additional injection valve switching is not possible. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over General


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Optimization for Lowest Carry-over General Recommendation to Lowest Carry-Over For samples where the outside of the needle cannot be cleaned sufficiently with the wash port use wash vials with an appropriate and stronger solvent. An injector program and an additional wash vial can be used for cleaning. In case the needle seat has got contaminated and carry-over is significantly higher than expected, the following procedure can be used to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and carry-over is significantly higher than expected, the following procedure can be used to clean the needle seat:  In Lab Advisor go to Maintenance > Change Needle: this will set the needle into home position.  Remove the safety cover of the sampler. Be carefully not to risk an injury by the uncovered needle.  Pipette an appropriate solvent on to the needle seat. The solvent should be able to dissolve the contamination. If the contamination is unknown use or 3 solvents of different


key: chroma:document
string_value:
able to dissolve the contamination. If the contamination is unknown use or 3 solvents of different polarity. Use several milliliters to clean the seat.  Clean the needle seat with a tissue and remove all liquid. Again be careful not to risk an injury by the uncovered needle.  Reinstall the safety cover of the sampler.  In Lab Advisor, go to Maintenance > Change Needle and finish the procedure. 136 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Fast Injection


key: chroma:document
string_value:
136 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Fast Injection Cycle and Low Delay Volume Fast Injection Cycle and Low Delay Volume Short injection cycle times for high sample throughput is one of the most important requirements in laboratories. In order to shorten cycle times, you can:  shorten the column length  use high flow rates  apply a steep gradient Having optimized these parameters, further reduction of cycle times can be obtained using the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Having optimized these parameters, further reduction of cycle times can be obtained using the overlapped injection mode. Overlapped Injection Mode In this process, as soon as the sample has reached the column, the injection valve is switched back to bypass and the next injection cycle starts but waits with switching to mainpass (main path) until the actual run is finished. You gain the sample preparation time when using this process. Switching the valve into the bypass position reduces the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
preparation time when using this process. Switching the valve into the bypass position reduces the system delay volume, the mobile phase is directed to the column without passing sample loop, needle and needle seat capillary. This can help to have faster cycle times especially if low flow rates have to be used like it is mandatory in narrow bore and micro bore HPLC. The injection cycle times also depend on the injection volume. In identically standard condition, injecting 100 μl instead of 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
depend on the injection volume. In identically standard condition, injecting 100 μl instead of 1 μl, increase the injection time by approximately 8 sec. In this case and if the viscosity of the sample allows it, the draw and eject speed of the injection system has to be increased. NOTE Having the valve in bypass position can increase the carry-over in the system. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Fast Injection Cycle and Low Delay Volume General


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Fast Injection Cycle and Low Delay Volume General Recommendations for Fast Injection Cycle Times As described in this section, the first step to provide short cycle times are optimizing the chromatographic conditions. If this is done the autosampler parameter should be set to:  Overlapped injection mode  Increase of draw and eject speed for large injection volumes  Add at last run a blank, if overlapped injection is used To reduce the injection


key: chroma:document
string_value:
volumes  Add at last run a blank, if overlapped injection is used To reduce the injection time, the detector balance has to be set to OFF. NOTE For the last injection of the sequence with overlapped injections it has to be considered that for this run the injection valve is not switched as for the previous runs and consequently the injector delay volume is not bypassed. This means the retention times are prolonged for the last run. Especially at low flow rates this can lead to retention time


key: chroma:document
string_value:
times are prolonged for the last run. Especially at low flow rates this can lead to retention time changes which are too big for the actual calibration table. To overcome this it is recommended to add an additional “blank” injection as last injection to the sequence. 138 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Precise Injection Volume Precise Injection Volume Injection Volumes Less Than 2 µL When the injection valve switches to the BYPASS position, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Injection Volumes Less Than 2 µL When the injection valve switches to the BYPASS position, the mobile phase in the sample loop is depressurized. When the syringe begins drawing sample, the pressure of the mobile phase is decreased further. If the mobile phase is not degassed adequately, small gas bubbles may form in the sample loop during the injection sequence. When using injection volumes < 2 μL, these gas bubbles may affect the injection-volume precision. Use degassed mobile phases for best


key: chroma:document
string_value:
these gas bubbles may affect the injection-volume precision. Use degassed mobile phases for best injection-volume precision with injection volumes < 2 μL. If the pump has no degasser, it is recommended to use an Agilent 1260 Infinity degasser. Also, using the automated needle wash (see “Optimization for Lowest Carry-over” on page 132) between injections reduces carry-over to a minimum, further improving the injection volume precision. Draw and Eject Speed Draw Speed The speed at which the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
improving the injection volume precision. Draw and Eject Speed Draw Speed The speed at which the metering unit draws sample out of the vial may have an influence on the injection volume precision when using viscous samples. If the draw speed is too high, air bubbles may form in the sample plug, affecting precision. The default draw speed is 100 μL/min. This speed is suitable for the majority of applications, however, when using viscous samples, set the draw speed to lower speed for optimum


key: chroma:document
string_value:
of applications, however, when using viscous samples, set the draw speed to lower speed for optimum results. A DRAW statement in an injector program also uses the draw speed setting which is configured for the autosampler. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Optimizing Performance Precise Injection Volume Eject Speed The default eject speed setting is 400 μL/min. When using large injection volumes, setting the eject speed to a higher value speeds up the injection cycle by


key: chroma:document
string_value:
large injection volumes, setting the eject speed to a higher value speeds up the injection cycle by shortening the time the metering unit requires to eject solvent at the beginning of the injection cycle (when the piston returns to the home position). An EJECT statement in an injector program also uses the eject speed setting which is configured for the autosampler. A faster eject speed shortens the time required to run the injector program. When using viscous samples, a high eject speed should


key: chroma:document
string_value:
time required to run the injector program. When using viscous samples, a high eject speed should be avoided. 140 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 6 Optimizing Performance Choice of Rotor Seal Choice of Rotor Seal Vespel™ Seal (for 1290 injection valves only) The 1290 seal has sealing material made of Vespel. Vespel is suitable for applications using mobile phases within the pH range of 2.3 – 9.5, which is suitable for the majority of applications. However, for applications


key: chroma:document
string_value:
range of 2.3 – 9.5, which is suitable for the majority of applications. However, for applications using mobile phases with pH below 2.3 or above 9.5, the Vespel seal may degrade faster, leading to reduced seal lifetime. PEEK Seal (for 1260 injection valve only) The 1260 injection valve has a sealing material made of PEEK. This material has high chemical resistance and versatility. It is suitable for application using mobile phases within a pH between 1 and 14. NOTE Strong oxidizing acids such


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for application using mobile phases within a pH between 1 and 14. NOTE Strong oxidizing acids such as concentrated nitric and sulfuric acids are not compatible with PEEK. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Agilent Technologies Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Maintenance Functions User Interface Change Needle Change Metering Seal or Piston Park Arm Change Gripper Automatic Referencing Vialsampler Gripper Verification Test


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Seal or Piston Park Arm Change Gripper Automatic Referencing Vialsampler Gripper Verification Test Step Commands Tests ICC Heater Test Sample Cooler Function Test Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport Assembly Intermittent lock-ups with or without vial in the gripper fingers Poor alignment Agilent Lab Advisor Software Overview about the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 142 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics


key: chroma:document
string_value:
142 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Status Indicators The module is provided with two status indicators which indicate the operational state of the module. The status indicators provide a quick visual check of the operation of the module. Error Messages In the event of an electronic, mechanical or hydraulic failure, the module


key: chroma:document
string_value:
module. Error Messages In the event of an electronic, mechanical or hydraulic failure, the module generates an error message in the user interface. For each message, a short description of the failure, a list of probable causes of the problem, and a list of suggested actions to fix the problem are provided (see chapter Error Information). Maintenance Functions The maintenance functions position the needle arm, gripper assembly, and metering device for easy access when doing maintenance (see


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the needle arm, gripper assembly, and metering device for easy access when doing maintenance (see “Maintenance Functions” on page 144). Tray Alignment Tray alignment is required after repair of internal components. The procedure aligns the gripper arm correctly to ensure the positioning of the gripper arm is correct for all vials (see “Automatic Referencing” on page 151). Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Overview of the Module’s Indicators and Test Functions Step Commands The step functions provide the possibility to execute each step of the sampling sequence individually. The step functions are used primarily for troubleshooting, and for verification of correct autosampler operation after repair (see “Step Commands” on page 153). 144 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics


key: chroma:document
string_value:
153). 144 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Maintenance Functions Certain maintenance procedures require the needle arm, metering device, and gripper assembly to be moved to specific positions to enable easy access to components. The maintenance functions move these assemblies into the appropriate maintenance position. In the Data System the ALS maintenance positions can be selected from the Maintenance Positions menu


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Data System the ALS maintenance positions can be selected from the Maintenance Positions menu in the Service & Diagnostics display. In the Lab Advisor Diagnostic SW the ALS maintenance positions can be selected from the Service & Diagnostic > Maintenance Positions menu in the Diagnosis display. User Interface The functions for the control software are: Change Needle, Sample Loop or Needle Seat: The needle moves slowly down and positions the needle arm for easy access to the needle, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Seat: The needle moves slowly down and positions the needle arm for easy access to the needle, the sample loop or the needle seat. Change Metering Seal or Piston: relieves the tension on the metering spring (draws the piston to the outer position), enabling easy disassembly of the metering head assembly). Park Arm: secures the gripper arm to the park position behind the sampling unit. ready for transport or shipping of the autosampler. Change Gripper: The change gripper function moves the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for transport or shipping of the autosampler. Change Gripper: The change gripper function moves the gripper to the front of the autosampler enabling easy access to the gripper release mechanism. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Change Needle User Interface The commands for the Data System are: Start Needle raises up then you have to manually remove the safety cover to have access to the wash port. Now the safety wash


key: chroma:document
string_value:
you have to manually remove the safety cover to have access to the wash port. Now the safety wash port can be flapped manually to the left. The wash port is out of its origin position. Next The needle arm moves in the desired position and guide the user to the next procedure step. Move Down The needle arm moves slowly down. Move Up The needle arm slowly moves up. Back Completes the needle, needle seat procedure. WARNING For the needle exchange procedure, the needle arm moves slowly down while


key: chroma:document
string_value:
seat procedure. WARNING For the needle exchange procedure, the needle arm moves slowly down while the safety cover is removed. Risk of personal injury due to moving needle. ➔ Keep fingers off the moving needle. ➔ Wear safety goggles, when removing the needle assembly. NOTE The autosampler safety cover must be in place when Start and End are selected. NOTE Read carefully the desciption in the Lab Advisor user interface. 146 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting


key: chroma:document
string_value:
user interface. 146 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Using the Change Needle Function 1 Select Start. Ensure the safety cover is removed 2N e x t moves the needle arm to the top level. Flap the safety wash port out of its origin position. 3N e x t moves the needle slowly down and positions the needle approximately 5 mm above the needle seat. 4 In this maintenance position remove the needle assembly first. Then replace


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the needle seat. 4 In this maintenance position remove the needle assembly first. Then replace the needle seat assembly. After the exchanging of the needle seat reinstall the new needle assembly. See “Exchange the Needle Assembly” on page 192 and “Exchange the Needle Seat Assembly” on page 197. 5N e x t positions the needle to the top level. Flap the safety wash port back in its origin position. 6 Reinstall the safety cover and complete the procedure. 7 Select Next to move the needle into the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
6 Reinstall the safety cover and complete the procedure. 7 Select Next to move the needle into the needle seat. 8 Select Back to complete the procedure. WARNING For the needle exchange procedure, the needle arm moves slowly down while the safety cover is removed. Risk of personal injury due to moving needle. ➔ Keep fingers off the moving needle. ➔ Wear safety goggles, when removing the needle assembly. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics


key: chroma:document
string_value:
assembly. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Change Metering Seal or Piston The change-metering seal/piston function draws the piston away from the home position, relieving the tension on the spring. In this position, the analytical head assembly can be removed and reinstalled easily after maintenance. User Interface The commands for the control software are: Start Draws the piston away from the home position, relieving


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for the control software are: Start Draws the piston away from the home position, relieving the tension on the spring. Next Repositions the piston at the home position. Back Completes the procedure. Using the Change Seal Function 1 Select Start to move the piston to the maintenance position. 2 Exchange the metering seal (see “Exchange the Metering Seal and Piston” on page 212). 3 Select Next to move the piston back to the home position. 4 Select Back to finish the procedure. NOTE Read carefully


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the piston back to the home position. 4 Select Back to finish the procedure. NOTE Read carefully the description in the Lab Advisor user interface. NOTE Read carefully the description in the LabAdvisor user interface. 148 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Park Arm User Interface In the control software the Park Arm command is part of the ALS positions that can be selected from the special commands menu in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Arm command is part of the ALS positions that can be selected from the special commands menu in the Instrument Control display. The commands for the control software are: Park Arm moves the gripper arm to the park position. Home moves the gripper arm out of the park position to the home position. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions To prepare autosampler for transportation The park arm function moves the gripper and


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Functions To prepare autosampler for transportation The park arm function moves the gripper and transport slider to the home position. Reinstall the transport foam to secure the instrument against a mechanical stop. The autosampler can be switched OFF after the preparation. 1 Select Park Arm. 2 When the arm is in the park position, install Transport-Protection (G7129-40050). Then the autosampler is ready for shipment, and can be switched OFF. When Before transporting or shipping the module.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
is ready for shipment, and can be switched OFF. When Before transporting or shipping the module. CAUTION Unsecured Transportation of the module Unsecured transportation of the module may result in mechanical damage to the gripper and transport slider. ➔ Always secure the arm in the park position plus transport foam. NOTE Before parking the gripper arm, ensure there is no vial in the gripper. Use the Release Gripper function to remove the vial. 150 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Release Gripper function to remove the vial. 150 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Change Gripper The change gripper function moves the gripper to the front of the autosampler enabling easy access to the gripper release mechanism. User Interface The commands for the control software are: Start Moves the transport assembly and gripper arm to the position required to change the gripper arm. Next Repositions the transport


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and gripper arm to the position required to change the gripper arm. Next Repositions the transport assembly and gripper arm to the home position. Back Completes the procedure. Using the Change Gripper Function 1 Select Start to move the gripper arm to the maintenance position. 2 Exchange the gripper arm (see “Exchange the Gripper Arm” on page 216). 3 Select Next to move the gripper arm to the home position. 4 Select Back to finish the gripper procedure. NOTE Read carefully the description in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
position. 4 Select Back to finish the gripper procedure. NOTE Read carefully the description in the Lab Advisor user interface. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Automatic Referencing Automatic Referencing is required to compensate for small deviations in positioning of the gripper which may occur after disassembling the module for repair. The Automatic Referencing procedure requires Calibration Tool (including gripper


key: chroma:document
string_value:
module for repair. The Automatic Referencing procedure requires Calibration Tool (including gripper adapter) (G7129-60014) and uses several tray positions as reference points. Because the tray is a rectangle, a four-point alignment is sufficient to correct all other vial positions within the tray. On completion of the procedure, the corrected gripper positions are stored in the instrument firmware. Start Moves the transport assembly and gripper arm to the position required to install the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Start Moves the transport assembly and gripper arm to the position required to install the calibration tools. Next Mount the calibration fixture. Position P1-C6 and P2-F6. Next Mount a 2 mL vial or gripper adapter from the calibration tool. Next Perform autoreferencing. Next Remove the gripper adapter. NOTE Only the default drawers can be used for this referencing procedure. NOTE Please check help for further explanation. 152 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7


key: chroma:document
string_value:
check help for further explanation. 152 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Maintenance Functions Next Remove the gripper adapter. Next Remove calibration fixture. Back Completes the procedure. Vialsampler Gripper Verification Test Gripper Verification Description The verification procedure uses several vial positions as reference points to verify the gripper alignment is correct. If verification indicates one or more positions are out of


key: chroma:document
string_value:
verify the gripper alignment is correct. If verification indicates one or more positions are out of alignment, the Automatic Referencing procedure should be done. Allows you to select a vial position. You can select from positions 1, 11, 39, 56, 66, 101, 111, 139, 156 and 166. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Step Commands Step Commands Each movement of the sampling sequence can be done under manual control. This is useful during


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Each movement of the sampling sequence can be done under manual control. This is useful during troubleshooting, where close observation of each of the sampling steps is required to confirm a specific failure mode or verify successful completion of a repair. Each injector step command actually consists of a series of individual commands that move the autosampler components to predefined positions, enabling the specific step to be done. Table 15 Injector step commands Step Action Comments Valve


key: chroma:document
string_value:
enabling the specific step to be done. Table 15 Injector step commands Step Action Comments Valve Bypass Switches injection valve to the bypass position. Piston Home Moves the piston to the home position. Needle Up Lifts the needle arm to the upper position. Command also switches the valve to bypass if it is not already in that position. Vial to Seat Moves the selected vial to the seat position. Command also lifts the needle to the upper position. Needle into Sample Lowers the needle into the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Command also lifts the needle to the upper position. Needle into Sample Lowers the needle into the sample. Command also positions the vial at the seat, and lifts the needle to the upper position. Draw Metering device draws the defined injection volume. Command also positions the vial at the seat, lifts the needle, and lowers the needle into vial. Command can be done more than once (maximum draw volume of 100 µL cannot be exceeded). Use Plunger Home to reset the metering device. 154 Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
volume of 100 µL cannot be exceeded). Use Plunger Home to reset the metering device. 154 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Step Commands Needle Up Lifts the needle out of the vial. Command also switches the valve to bypass if it is not already in that position. Vial to Tray Returns the selected vial to the tray position. Command also lifts the needle to the upper position. Needle into Seat Lowers the needle arm into the seat. Command also


key: chroma:document
string_value:
needle to the upper position. Needle into Seat Lowers the needle arm into the seat. Command also returns the vial to the tray position. Valve Mainpass Switches the injection valve to the mainpass (main path) position. Reset Resets the injector. Table 15 Injector step commands Step Action Comments Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Tests Tests ICC Heater Test The Oven Test is used to evaluate the heating performance of the heating element. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Heater Test The Oven Test is used to evaluate the heating performance of the heating element. The heating rate over a 10 K interval from the start temperature is determined. The start temperature must be between 30 °C and 50 °C, and is determined as follows:  If the current oven temperature is below 30 °C, the oven tries to attain a temperature of 30 °C. 30 °C is used as the start temperature.  If the current oven temperature is above 30 °C but below 50 °C, the current oven temperature is


key: chroma:document
string_value:
 If the current oven temperature is above 30 °C but below 50 °C, the current oven temperature is used as the start temperature.  If the current oven temperature is above 50 °C, an error message is displayed. The oven must then be allowed to cool to below 50 °C before the test can be run. Sample Cooler Function Test The Sample Cooler Function Test can be used as a simple verification that the sample cooler is functioning. After the test has been started, it begins to acquire data from the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sample cooler is functioning. After the test has been started, it begins to acquire data from the cooler's PT1000 temperature sensor. As soon as the temperature has equilibrated (that is, the temperature does not change by more than 0.5 °Cover a 10 s period) the cooler is turned on and measurement is started. For the test to succeed, three temperature checkpoints must be reached within a specified time. 156 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics


key: chroma:document
string_value:
time. 156 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Troubleshooting If the autosampler is unable to perform a specific step due to a hardware failure, an error message is generated. You can use the injector steps to do the injection sequence, while observing how the instrument responds. Table 16 on page 156 summarizes the injector steps, and lists the associated error messages and probable causes of step failures. Table 16 Step


key: chroma:document
string_value:
steps, and lists the associated error messages and probable causes of step failures. Table 16 Step Failures Step Function Probable Failure Modes Bypass Valve already in bypass. Valve not connected. Defective injection valve. Piston Home Defective or dirty sensor on the hydraulic unit flex board. Defective metering-drive motor. Needle Up Needle already in the upper position. Defective or dirty sensor on the needle station flex board. Sticking needle-arm assembly. Defective needle-drive motor.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on the needle station flex board. Sticking needle-arm assembly. Defective needle-drive motor. Vial to Seat No vial in selected position. Vial already in seat position. Defective transport assembly motors. Sticking transport assembly. Defective gripper assembly. Gripper not aligned (see “Automatic Referencing” on page 151). Draw Sum of all draw volumes exceeds 100 µL. Defective metering-drive motor. Needle Up Needle already in the upper position. Needle already in the upper position. Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Needle Up Needle already in the upper position. Needle already in the upper position. Defective or dirty sensor on the needle station flex board. Sticking needle-arm assembly. Defective needle-drive motor. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Vial to Tray Defective tr ansport assembly motors. Sticking transport assembly. Defective gripper assembly. Gripper not aligned (see “Automatic Referencing” on page 151). Needle Down Needle


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gripper assembly. Gripper not aligned (see “Automatic Referencing” on page 151). Needle Down Needle alread y in the lower position. Defective or dirty sensor on the needle station flex board. Sticking needle-arm assembly. Defective needle-drive motor. Mainpass (main path) Valve alre ady in mainpass (main path). Valve not connected. Defective injection valve. Needle Up/Mainpass (main path) Blockage in the sample loop or needle (no solvent flow). Needle already in the upper position. Defective or


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in the sample loop or needle (no solvent flow). Needle already in the upper position. Defective or dirty sensor on the needle station flex board. Sticking needle-arm assembly. Defective needle-drive motor. Valve already in mainpass (main path). Valve not connected. Defective injection valve. Table 16 Step Failures Step Function Probable Failure Modes 158 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport Assembly Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport Assembly This troubleshooting guide is meant to help you diagnose and repair autosampler problems. In general, autosampler problems can be divided into three categories. 1 Intermittent lock-ups with or without vial in the gripper fingers with error messages Many times the sampler is being used very heavily.  motor overtemp (0 or 1 or 2 or 3) 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
messages Many times the sampler is being used very heavily.  motor overtemp (0 or 1 or 2 or 3)  movement failed (0 or 1 or 2 or 3)  missing vial 2 Jittery (shaky) movement in X and/or theta axes and/or when the needle goes through the gripper arm into the vial with error messages  motor overtemp (0 or 2)  movement failed (0 or 2) 3 Poor alignment, seen during vial pickup and vial replacement and/or when the needle hits the gripper arm with error messages  motor overtemp (0 or 2 or 3) 


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and/or when the needle hits the gripper arm with error messages  motor overtemp (0 or 2 or 3)  movement failed (0 or 2 or 3)  missing vial NOTE Motor 0=X; 1=Z; 2=Theta; 3=Gripper. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport Assembly Intermittent lock-ups with or without vial in the gripper fingers With error messages  motor overtemp (0 or 1 or 2 or 3)  movement failed (0 or 1 or 2 or 3) m i s s i n g


key: chroma:document
string_value:
messages  motor overtemp (0 or 1 or 2 or 3)  movement failed (0 or 1 or 2 or 3) m i s s i n g v i a l 1 Check the vials and the caps. For reliable operation, vials used with the autosampler must not have tapered shoulders or caps that are wider than the body of the vial. For more details, see “List of Compatible Vials and Caps” on page 81. 2 Reset the sampler and check the tension of the belts. 3 Exchange the gripper arm assembly (Gripper assembly (G1313-60010)), see “Exchange the Gripper


key: chroma:document
string_value:
3 Exchange the gripper arm assembly (Gripper assembly (G1313-60010)), see “Exchange the Gripper Arm” on page 216. 4 Start automatic referencing in Lab Advisor. For this procedure it is mandatory to use the calibration tool. On completion of the procedure, the corrected values are stored in the instrument firmware. 5 Exchange Transport assembly ( Sample Transport Assembly (G7129-60600)). 6 Exchange the Autosampler Main Board ( Autosampler Specific Board (G7129-65800)) or the fusion board (


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the Autosampler Main Board ( Autosampler Specific Board (G7129-65800)) or the fusion board ( Fusion Board (G4200-65880)). 7 For both steps (step 5 and 6), you have to do an automatic referencing again to store the correct values in the instrument firmware again. WARNING Personal damage, damage to the module ➔ Some of these procedures require a trained service engineer. Persons who are not qualified MUST NOT perform these procedures. NOTE When a Motor Temperature message has occurred, the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
MUST NOT perform these procedures. NOTE When a Motor Temperature message has occurred, the sampler must be turned OFF for about 10 min to allow the motor to cool down. 160 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 7 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Troubleshooting Guide for the Sample Transport Assembly Poor alignment With Error messages  motor overtemp (0 or 2 or 3)  movement failed (0 or 2 or 3) 1 Start automatic referencing in Lab Advisor. For this procedure it is mandatory to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
(0 or 2 or 3) 1 Start automatic referencing in Lab Advisor. For this procedure it is mandatory to use the calibration tool. On completion of the procedure, the corrected values are stored in the instrument firmware. 2 Exchange the gripper arm assembly (Gripper assembly (G1313-60010)), see “Exchange the Gripper Arm” on page 216. 3 Exchange Transport assembly ( Sample Transport Assembly (G7129-60600)). 4 Exchange the Autosampler Main Board ( Autosampler Specific Board (G7129-65800)) or the fusion


key: chroma:document
string_value:
4 Exchange the Autosampler Main Board ( Autosampler Specific Board (G7129-65800)) or the fusion board ( Fusion Board (G4200-65880)). 5 For all three steps (step 2, 3, and 4) you have to do an automatic referencing again to store the correct values in the instrument firmware again. WARNING Personal damage, damage to the module ➔ Some of these procedures require a trained service engineer. Persons who are not qualified MUST NOT perform these procedures. NOTE When a motor over temperature message


key: chroma:document
string_value:
who are not qualified MUST NOT perform these procedures. NOTE When a motor over temperature message has occurred, the sampler must be turned OFF for about 10 min to allow the motor to cool down. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Agilent Technologies Error Information What are Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Shutdown Remote Timeout Lost CAN Partner Leak Sensor Leak Sensor Open Leak Sensor Short Compensation Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Short Fan Failed


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Leak Sensor Open Leak Sensor Short Compensation Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Short Fan Failed Sampler Error Messages Defective Gripper Assembly Valve Failed Needle Movement Failed Missing Vial Initialization Failed Metering Home Failed Motor Temperature Initialization with Vial Vial in Gripper Missing Wash Vial Invalid Vial Position Valve switch not found. Metering Initialization Failed 164 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Agilent Lab Advisor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
164 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Agilent Lab Advisor Software Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler Voltage Failure Cooler PCB Error State Cooler temperature below or above target temperatur. Cooler Overpressure Failure Cooler Condensate Error Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater Error Messages ICC Temp Wait Timeout Error ICC Heater Overcurrent Failure ICC Heater Temp Sensor Failure ICC Heater Over Temp Failure This chapter describes the meaning


key: chroma:document
string_value:
ICC Heater Temp Sensor Failure ICC Heater Over Temp Failure This chapter describes the meaning of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover from error conditions. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information What are Error Messages What are Error Messages Error messages are displayed in the user interface when an electronic, mechanical, or hydraulic (flow path) failure occurs which requires attention before the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
electronic, mechanical, or hydraulic (flow path) failure occurs which requires attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is necessary). In the event of such a failure, the red status indicator at the front of the module is switched on, and an entry is written into the module logbook. If an error occurs outside a method run, other modules will not be informed about this error. If it occurs within a method run, all connected modules will get a


key: chroma:document
string_value:
be informed about this error. If it occurs within a method run, all connected modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the module type, this stop is implemented differently. For example, for a pump the flow will be stopped for safety reasons. For a detector, the lamp will stay on in order to avoid equilibration time. Depending on the error type, the next run can only be started, if the error has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has


key: chroma:document
string_value:
next run can only be started, if the error has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by switching on the system in the user interface. Special handling is done in case of a leak. As a leak is a potential safety issue and may have occurred at a different module from where it has been observed, a leak always causes a shutdown of all modules, even outside a method run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
shutdown of all modules, even outside a method run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI interface). 166 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information General Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Error ID: The timeout threshold was exceeded. Shutdown Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module continually monitors the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module continually monitors the remote input connectors for status signals. A LOW signal input on pin 4 of the remote connector generates the error message. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The analysis was completed successfully, and the timeout function switched off the module as requested. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition was present during a sequence or multiple-injection run for a period longer than the timeout threshold. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another module with a CAN connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak detected in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 3 Shut-down in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4 The degasser failed to generate sufficient vacuum for solvent degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sufficient vacuum for solvent degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer to the Service Manual for the degasser or the pump that has the degasser built-in. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present on the remote input. When an analysis is started, the system expects all not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
expects all not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to switch to run conditions within one minute of starting the analysis. If a not-ready condition is still present on the remote line after one minute the error message is generated. Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal synchronization or communication between one or more of the modules in the system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in the system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration. If one or more of the modules is no longer recognized as being connected to the system, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Not-ready condition in one of the instruments connected to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly, and is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3 Defective components in the instrument showing the not-ready condition. Check the instrument for defects (refer to the instrument’s documentation). Probable cause Suggested actions 1 CAN cable disconnected.  Ensure all the CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch off the system. Restart the system, and determine which module or modules are not recognized by the system. 168 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Sensor Error ID: A leak was detected in the module. The signals from the two temperature sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak algorithm to determine whether a leak is present. When a leak occurs, the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is sensed by the leak-sensor circuit on the main board. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose fittings. Ensure all fittings are tight. 2 Broken capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. 3 Leaking rotor seal or needle seat. Exchange the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Broken capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. 3 Leaking rotor seal or needle seat. Exchange the rotor seal or seat capillary. 4 Defective metering seal.  Exchange the metering seal.  Make sure the leak sensor is thoroughly dry before restarting the autosampler. 5 Leaking peristaltic pump Exchange the peristaltic pump. NOTE The leak sensor in the sampler is hidden under the ICC Column Heater or Column Shelf respectively. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Heater or Column Shelf respectively. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Leak Sensor Open Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (open circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak-sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current falls outside the lower limit, the error message is generated. Leak Sensor Short


key: chroma:document
string_value:
If the current falls outside the lower limit, the error message is generated. Leak Sensor Short Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak sensor not connected to the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak sensor not connected to the Power Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1


key: chroma:document
string_value:
defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Cable or contact problem. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 170 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series


key: chroma:document
string_value:
problem. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 170 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information General Error Messages Compensation Sensor Open Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Compensation Sensor Short Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The


key: chroma:document
string_value:
compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your


key: chroma:document
string_value:
contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Fan Failed Error ID: The fan in


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Fan Failed Error ID: The fan in the autosampler module or in the sample cooler or sample thermostat has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor the fan speed. If the fan speed falls below a certain limit for a certain length of time, the error message is generated. This limit is given by 2 revolutions/second for longer than 5 seconds. Depending on the module, assemblies (e.g. the lamp in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
for longer than 5 seconds. Depending on the module, assemblies (e.g. the lamp in the detector) are turned off to assure that the module does not overheat inside. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Fan cable disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective fan. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective sample cooler or sample thermostat fan Replace the sample cooler or sample thermostat. 4 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Replace the sample cooler or sample thermostat. 4 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 172 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sampler Error Messages Sampler Error Messages Defective Gripper Assembly Valve Failed Error ID: 34219, The injection valve failed to switch to the mainpass (main path) position. The switching of the injection valve is monitored by two microswitches on the valve assembly. The switches detect the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
injection valve is monitored by two microswitches on the valve assembly. The switches detect the successful completion of the valve movement. If the valve fails to reach the mainpass (main path) position, or if the microswitch does not close, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Mechanical obstruction. Ensure unobstructed movement of the transport assembly. 2 High friction in the transport assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective


key: chroma:document
string_value:
friction in the transport assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective motor assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective sample transport assembly flex board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective injection valve. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective main board. Please contact


key: chroma:document
string_value:
valve. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sampler Error Messages Needle Movement Failed Error ID: 34213, The needle arm failed to move down into the needle seat. The lower position of the needle arm is monitored by a position sensor on the sampling unit flex board. The sensor detects the successful completion of the needle movement


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the sampling unit flex board. The sensor detects the successful completion of the needle movement to the needle seat position. If the needle fails to reach the end point, or if the sensor fails to recognize the needle arm movement, the error message is generated. Missing Vial Error ID: No vial was found in the position defined in the method or sequence. When the gripper arm picks a vial out of the sample tray, the processor monitors the gripper motor encoder. If a vial is present, the closing


key: chroma:document
string_value:
sample tray, the processor monitors the gripper motor encoder. If a vial is present, the closing of the gripper fingers is limited by the vial. However, if no vial is present, the gripper fingers close too far. This is sensed by the processor (encoder position), causing the error message to be generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective or dirty position sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
service representative. 2 Defective motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Sticking spindle assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 No vial in the position defined in the method or sequence. Install the sample vial in the correct position, or edit the method or sequence accordingly. 2 Incorrect gripper alignment. Align gripper. 3 Defective gripper assembly (defective gripper fingers or belt). Exchange the gripper


key: chroma:document
string_value:
gripper. 3 Defective gripper assembly (defective gripper fingers or belt). Exchange the gripper assembly. 4 Defective transport assembly flex board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 174 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sampler Error Messages Initialization Failed Error ID: 34392, The sampler failed to complete initialization correctly. The sampler initialization procedure moves the needle arm and transport assembly to their home


key: chroma:document
string_value:
The sampler initialization procedure moves the needle arm and transport assembly to their home positions in a predefined sequence. During initialization, the processor monitors the position sensors and motor encoders to check for correct movement. If one or more of the movements is not successful, or is not detected, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Mechanical obstruction. Ensure unobstructed movement of the transport assembly. 2 Defective needle station board.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Ensure unobstructed movement of the transport assembly. 2 Defective needle station board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective transport assembly flex board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective hydraulic unit motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sampler Error Messages


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sampler Error Messages Metering Home Failed Error ID: 34202, 34201, The metering piston has failed to move back to the home position. The home position sensor on the hydraulic unit flex board monitors the home position of the piston. If the piston fails to move to the home position, or if the sensor fails to recognize the piston position, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blockage in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
piston position, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blockage in the flow path. Change needle or needle seat. 2 Defective sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Broken piston. Exchange the metering piston and seal. 4 Defective metering-drive motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 6 Loose belt. Please contact your Agilent service representative.


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Agilent service representative. 6 Loose belt. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 176 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sampler Error Messages Motor Temperature Error ID: One of the motors of the transport assembly has drawn excessive current, causing the motor to become too hot. The processor has switched OFF the motor to prevent damage to the motor. See figure Figure 10 on page 26 for motor identification.  Motor 0 temperature : X-axis


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the motor. See figure Figure 10 on page 26 for motor identification.  Motor 0 temperature : X-axis motor. Motor 1 temperature: Z-axis motor. Motor 2 temperature: Theta (gripper rotation) motor. Motor 3 temperature: Gripper motor (motor for gripper fingers). The processor monitors the current drawn by each motor and the time the motor is drawing current. The current drawn by the motors is dependent on the load on each motor (friction, mass of components etc.). If the current drawn is too high,


key: chroma:document
string_value:
on the load on each motor (friction, mass of components etc.). If the current drawn is too high, or the time the motor draws current is too long, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Mechanical obstruction. Ensure unobstructed movement of the transport assembly. 2 High friction in the transport assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Motor belt tension too high. Switch OFF the autosampler at the power switch. Wait at least 10 min before


key: chroma:document
string_value:
belt tension too high. Switch OFF the autosampler at the power switch. Wait at least 10 min before switching on again. 4 Defective motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective transport assembly flex board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sampler Error Messages Initialization with Vial Error ID: The autosampler attempted to initialize with a vial still in the gripper. During


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Vial Error ID: The autosampler attempted to initialize with a vial still in the gripper. During initialization, the autosampler checks correct operation of the gripper by closing and opening the gripper fingers while monitoring the motor encoder. If a vial is still in the gripper when initialization is started, the gripper fingers cannot close causing the error message to be generated. Vial in Gripper Error ID: The gripper arm attempted to move with a vial still in the gripper. During specific


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Error ID: The gripper arm attempted to move with a vial still in the gripper. During specific stages of the sampling sequence, no vial should be held by the gripper. The autosampler checks if a sample vial is stuck in the gripper by closing and opening the gripper fingers while monitoring the motor encoder. If the gripper fingers are unable to close, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Vial still in gripper. Remove the vial using the Release Vial function in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Suggested actions 1 Vial still in gripper. Remove the vial using the Release Vial function in the user interface. Reinitialize the autosampler. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Vial still in gripper. Remove the vial using the Release Vial function in the user interface. Reinitialize the autosampler. 178 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sampler Error Messages Missing Wash Vial Error ID: The wash vial programmed in the method was not found. When the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Messages Missing Wash Vial Error ID: The wash vial programmed in the method was not found. When the gripper arm picks a vial out of the sample tray, the processor monitors the gripper motor encoder. If a vial is present, the closing of the gripper fingers is limited by the vial. However, if no vial is present, the gripper fingers close too far. This is sensed by the processor (encoder position), causing the error message to be generated. Invalid Vial Position Error ID: The vial position defined


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the error message to be generated. Invalid Vial Position Error ID: The vial position defined in the method or sequence does not exist. The reflection sensors on the transpor t assembly flex board are used to automatically check which sample trays are installed (coding on tray). If the vial position does not exist in the current sample tray configuration, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 No wash vial in the position defined in the method. Install the wash vial


key: chroma:document
string_value:
cause Suggested actions 1 No wash vial in the position defined in the method. Install the wash vial in the correct position, or edit the method accordingly. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Incorrect tray or trays installed. Install the correct trays, or edit the method or sequence accordingly. 2 Incorrect vial positions defined in the method or sequence. Check method settings vs. installed tray. 3 Tray recognition defective (dirty sample tray or defective transport assembly flex board).


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tray. 3 Tray recognition defective (dirty sample tray or defective transport assembly flex board). Ensure the coding surfaces of the sample tray are clean (located at the rear of the sample tray). If this does not solve the problem, contact your Agilent service representative. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sampler Error Messages Valve switch not found. Error ID: The injection valve has failed to switch into the position. The valve position sensor


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Error ID: The injection valve has failed to switch into the position. The valve position sensor monitors the position of the valve. If the valve fails to switch into the position (mainpass (main path) or bypass), or if the sensor fails to recognize the valve position, the error message is generated. Metering Initialization Failed Error ID: The metereing device has failed to do the initialization. If the piston fails to move to the home position, or if the metering device is not recognized by


key: chroma:document
string_value:
If the piston fails to move to the home position, or if the metering device is not recognized by the instrument. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective rotor seal/stator head. Exchange the rotor seal/stator head. 2 Defective injection valve. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Metering device is not recognized. Configure the metering device in LabAdvisor 2 Loose belt. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Rear wheel in the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
in LabAdvisor 2 Loose belt. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Rear wheel in the hydraulic unit is loose. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective metering-drive motor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective metering device Please contact your Agilent service representative. 180 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler Voltage


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Manual 8 Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler Voltage Failure Error ID: The sample cooler board has detected a voltage failure. Cooler PCB Error State Error ID: 30724, The sample cooler PCB board seems to be defective. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blown fuses, defective cable  Check the power cable from the ALS to the sample cooler.  Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Voltage issue in the sample cooler Please contact your


key: chroma:document
string_value:
your Agilent service representative. 2 Voltage issue in the sample cooler Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blown fuses, defective cable  Check the power cable from the ALS to the sample cooler.  Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective PCB boards Replace the sample cooler. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler temperature below or above target


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler temperature below or above target temperatur. Error ID: 30705, The sample cooler temperature is above or below the target temperature. Cooler Overpressure Failure Error ID: The sample cooler pressure sensor has detected an overpressure. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Condensate inside of the chiller Check if the drainage is ok. 2 Defective cable Check the signal cable from the ALS to the sample cooler. 3 Defective temperature


key: chroma:document
string_value:
2 Defective cable Check the signal cable from the ALS to the sample cooler. 3 Defective temperature sensor Replace the sample cooler. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Overpressure in the chiller Switch off the instrument and wait for 15 min. Restart the instrument and check the signals in Lab Advisor. 2 Defective compressor Replace the sample cooler. 182 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler Condensate Error Error ID:


key: chroma:document
string_value:
User Manual 8 Error Information Sample Cooler Error Messages Cooler Condensate Error Error ID: 30702, 30709, The sample cooler has detected condensate inside of the leak pane. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Blocked drainage Switch off the instrument and remove the condensate tubings. Place a beaker underneath the waste outlet. Check the waste container. There should be no kinked and sealed tubing. 2 Defective condensate sensor Switch the sample cooler off/on and check if after 8 min the


key: chroma:document
string_value:
tubing. 2 Defective condensate sensor Switch the sample cooler off/on and check if after 8 min the error shows up again. 3 Defective leak sensor Replace the sample cooler. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Error Information Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater Error Messages Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater Error Messages ICC Temp Wait Timeout Error Error ID: The Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has detected that the left heater control has reached


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has detected that the left heater control has reached a time limit. ICC Heater Overcurrent Failure Error ID: The Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has detected an overcurrent in the heater circuits. For safety reason heater over-current protection became active. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective cable or connector Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater Replace the ICC heater. Probable cause


key: chroma:document
string_value:
your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater Replace the ICC heater. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective cable or connector Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater Replace the ICC heater. 184 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 8 Error Information Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater Error Messages ICC Heater Temp Sensor Failure Error ID: 30821, 30823,30825 The Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has


key: chroma:document
string_value:
Temp Sensor Failure Error ID: 30821, 30823,30825 The Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has detected a reading issue with the heater sensors in the heating element. ICC Heater Over Temp Failure Error ID: The Integrated Column Compartment (ICC) Heater has detected a temperature reading above 100 °C. This exceeds the limit of the heating element. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective cable or connector Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater


key: chroma:document
string_value:
cable or connector Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater sensor Replace the ICC heater. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective cable or connector Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective ICC heater Replace the ICC heater. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Agilent Technologies Maintenance and Repair Introduction to Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Overview of Maintenance Cleaning the Module Remove and Install


key: chroma:document
string_value:
to Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Overview of Maintenance Cleaning the Module Remove and Install Doors Exchange the Needle Assembly Exchange the Needle Seat Assembly Exchange the Sample Loop Assembly Exchange the Rotor Seal Exchange the Metering Seal and Piston Exchange the Gripper Arm Replace the Peristaltic Pump Cartridge Exchange the Wash Port Assembly Replace the Module Firmware This chapter describes the maintenance and the repair of the module. 186 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series


key: chroma:document
string_value:
chapter describes the maintenance and the repair of the module. 186 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 9 Maintenance and Repair Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The module is designed for easy maintenance. Maintenance can be done from the front with module in place in the system stack. Figure 25 Overview of the Vialsampler 6WDWXVLQGLFDWRU 1HHGOHDVVHPEO\ 'UDZHU &ROXPQVKHOI /HDNGUDLQ 3RZHUVZLWFK NOTE There are no


key: chroma:document
string_value:
'UDZHU &ROXPQVKHOI /HDNGUDLQ 3RZHUVZLWFK NOTE There are no serviceable parts inside. Do not open the module. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Maintenance and Repair Warnings and Cautions Warnings and Cautions WARNING Personal injury or damage to the product Agilent is not responsible for any damages caused, in whole or in part, by improper use of the products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments or modifications to the products, failure to comply


key: chroma:document
string_value:
products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments or modifications to the products, failure to comply with procedures in Agilent product user guides, or use of the products in violation of applicable laws, rules or regulations. ➔ Use your Agilent products only in the manner described in the Agilent product user guides. WARNING Electrical shock Repair work at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not remove the cover of the module. ➔ Only


key: chroma:document
string_value:
e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not remove the cover of the module. ➔ Only certified persons are authorized to carry out repairs inside the module. WARNING Sharp metal edges Sharp-edged parts of the equipment may cause injuries. ➔ To prevent personal injury, be careful when getting in contact with sharp metal areas. 188 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 9 Maintenance and Repair Warnings and Cautions WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Repair Warnings and Cautions WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ The volume of substances should be reduced to


key: chroma:document
string_value:
by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ The volume of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. CAUTION Safety standards for external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only use accessory units tested and approved according to the safety standards appropriate for the type of external equipment. WARNING Heavy weight The module is heavy. ➔ Carry


key: chroma:document
string_value:
appropriate for the type of external equipment. WARNING Heavy weight The module is heavy. ➔ Carry the module at least with 2 people. ➔ Avoid back strain or injury by following all precautions for lifting heavy objects. ➔ Ensure that the load is as close to your body as possible. ➔ Ensure that you can cope with the weight of your load. Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual Maintenance and Repair Overview of Maintenance Overview of Maintenance It is necessary to perform periodic


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Repair Overview of Maintenance Overview of Maintenance It is necessary to perform periodic inspec tion of this instrument to ensure its safe use. It is possible to have these periodic inspections performed by Agilent service representatives on a contractual basis. For information regarding the maintenance inspection contract, contact your Agilent representative. The following pages describe the maintenance (simple repairs) of the module that can be carried out without opening the main


key: chroma:document
string_value:
the maintenance (simple repairs) of the module that can be carried out without opening the main cover. Table 17 Overview of maintenance Procedure Typical interval (minimum) Notes Change needle/needle seat 30000 needle into seat movements Change peristaltic pump cartridge 3000 min on time Change rotor seal 30000 injections 190 Agilent InfinityLab LC Series Vialsamplers User Manual 9 Maintenance and Repair Cleaning the Module Cleaning the Module To keep the module case clean, use a soft cloth


key: chroma:document
string_value:
and Repair Cleaning the Module Cleaning the Module To keep the module case clean, use a soft cloth slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping into the electronic compartment of your module can cause shock hazard and damage the module ➔ Do not use an excessively damp cloth during cleaning. ➔ Drain all solvent lines before opening any connections in the flow path.


# embeddings_queue

created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 1
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Using the Module Magnets Turn on/off Status Indicators Instrument Configuration Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The Detector User Interface Detector Control Settings Method Parameter Settings This chapter explains the essential operational parameters of the module. 38 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Magnets Magnets 1 This stack exemplarily shows the","chunk_index":0}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 2
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":1,"chroma:document":"e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Magnets Magnets 1 This stack exemplarily shows the magnets' positions in the modules. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Turn on/off Turn on/off Power switch (1) On (2) Off 40 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Status Indicators Status Indicators 1 The module status indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3.","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 3
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":2,"chroma:document":"indicator indicates one of six possible module conditions: Status indicators 1. Idle 2. Run mode 3. Not-ready. Waiting for a specific pre-run condition to be reached or completed. 4. Error mode - interrupts the analysis and requires attention (for example a leak or defective internal components). 5. Resident mode (blinking) - for example during update of main firmware. 6. Bootloader mode (fast blinking). Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. InfinityLab LC","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 4
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Try to re-boot the module or try a cold-start. Then try a firmware update. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Instrument Configuration Instrument Configuration 1 Set the switches of the Configuration switch at the rear of the module: a All switches DOWN: module uses the default IP address 192.168.254.11. b Switch 4 UP and others DOWN: module uses DHCP. 2 Enter the setup information (MAC / IP address and/or Instrument Name). a Agilent OpenLab ChemStation","chunk_index":3}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 5
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":4,"chroma:document":"the setup information (MAC / IP address and/or Instrument Name). a Agilent OpenLab ChemStation (Configure Instrument): 42 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Instrument Configuration b Lab Advisor (Instrument Overview - Add Instrument): InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The setup of the detector is shown with","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 6
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Set up the Detector with Agilent Open Lab ChemStation The setup of the detector is shown with the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation C.01.07 and Driver A.02.14. Figure 14 ChemStation Method and Run Control (just detector is shown) After successful load of the OpenLab ChemStation, you should see the module as an active item in the graphical user interface (GUI). NOTE This section describes the detector settings only. For information on the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation or other 1200 Infinity modules","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":5}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 7
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":6,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"settings only. For information on the Agilent OpenLab ChemStation or other 1200 Infinity modules refer to the corresponding documentation. 44 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module The Detector User Interface The Detector User Interface Within the detector GUI, there are active areas. If you move the mouse cursor across the icons the cursor will change. 1 Lamp: turn on and off of UV-lamp 2 EMF status 3 Detector status 4 Lamp status (on/off) and information"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 8
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"turn on and off of UV-lamp 2 EMF status 3 Detector status 4 Lamp status (on/off) and information (RFID tag) 5 Flow Cell information (RFID tag) RFID tag information is displayed when moving with the mouse cursor on to the tag attached to the flow cell or lamp. The information provides flow cell and lamp related information like  Part number  Production date  Serial number and other details. EMF Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Offline (gray)  Ok.","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":7}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 9
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Offline (gray)  Ok. No Maintenance required (green)  EMF warning. Maintenance might be required (yellow)  EMF warning. Maintenance required (red) Important: The EMF settings can be accessed via Agilent Lab Advisor. The limit(s) can be changed. Based on the limit, the User Interface displays the above status. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module The Detector User Interface Module","chunk_index":8}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 10
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":9,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module The Detector User Interface Module Status shows Run / Ready / Error state and “Not Ready text” or “Error text”  Error (red)  Not ready (yellow)  Ready (green)  Pre run, Post run (purple)  Run (blue)  Idle (green)  Offline (dark gray)  Standby (light gray) A right-click into the Active Area will open a menu to  Show the Control Interface (special module settings)  Show the Method interface (similar as via menu Instrument >"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 11
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":10,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Interface (special module settings)  Show the Method interface (similar as via menu Instrument > Setup Instrument Method)  Set Error Method  Identify Module (Status LED will blink)  Perform a Balance  Switch the UV-lamp on/off (same as click on button “Make Device Ready/Turn device off (standby)”) 46 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Detector Control Settings Detector Control Settings The figure shows the default settings. L a m p s : can be"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 12
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":11,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Settings Detector Control Settings The figure shows the default settings. L a m p s : can be turned ON/OFF.  Analog Output Range : can be set to either 100 mV or 1 Vfull scale, for additional settings see Analog Output (under “Method Parameter Settings” on page 47). U V L a m p T a g  Automatic detects a lamp with RFID tag. If no RFID tag lamp is used, “UV lamp not ready” is displayed and it cannot be ignited. A compatible mode has to be selected based on the used lamp; see Non-RFID-tag"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 13
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":12,"chroma:document":"it cannot be ignited. A compatible mode has to be selected based on the used lamp; see Non-RFID-tag lamp information below.  Manual (by PN) uses the selected “heating” mode. This mode can also be used when the RFID tag of the standard lamp (Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag (5190-0917)) is not recognized (defect RFID tag or reader).  Non-RFID-tag lamp: In case a non-RFID-tag lamp is used, the user interface will show this when selecting a compatible mode. You may operate the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 14
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":13,"chroma:document":"is used, the user interface will show this when selecting a compatible mode. You may operate the detector outside of the guaranteed specification. The correct selection is important for optimal performance and lifetime. A t P o w e r O n: automatic lamp-on at power on. A u t o m a t i c T u r n O n: automatic detector power on. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Method Parameter Settings These settings are available via Menu >"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 15
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Module Method Parameter Settings Method Parameter Settings These settings are available via Menu > Instrument > Set up Instrument Method or via right click into the module’s active area (does not show the Instrument Curves tab). Figure 15 Method parameter settings NOTE For additional help and support: Highlight the desired cell and press F1. A help screen will open with additional information and documentation about the topic. 48 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using","chunk_index":14,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 16
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":15,"chroma:document":"documentation about the topic. 48 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Table 5 Method Parameter Settings Signals Up to 8 individual signals can be set. For each of the signals, the wavelength and bandwidth can be set for sample and reference. Limits:  Wavelength: 190.0 to 640.0 nm in steps of 0.1 nm  Bandwidth: 1.0 to 400.0 nm in steps of 0.1 nm Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior.","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 17
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":16,"chroma:document":"in steps of 0.1 nm Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior. Figure 16 G7117B Peakwitdth Settings Figure 17 G7117A/C Peakwitdth Settings Peakwidth (Responsetime, Data Rate) Peakwidth enables you to select the peak width (response time) for your analysis. The peak width is defined as the width of a peak, in minutes, at half the peak height. Set the peak width to the narrowest expected peak in your chromatogram. The peak width sets the optimum response time","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 18
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":17,"chroma:document":"to the narrowest expected peak in your chromatogram. The peak width sets the optimum response time for your detector. The peak detector ignores any peaks that are considerably narrower, or wider, than the peak width setting. The response time is the time between 10 % and 90 % of the output signal in response to an input step function. When the All spectrum storage option is selected, then spectra are acquired continuously depending on the setting of the peak width. The time specified by the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 19
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"are acquired continuously depending on the setting of the peak width. The time specified by the peak width is used as a factor in the acquisition of spectra. The acquisition time for one spectrum is slightly less than the peak width divided by 8, which is the acquisition time. Limits: When you set the peak width (in minutes), the corresponding response time is set automatically and the appropriate data rate for signal and spectra acquisition is selected. Do not use peak width shorter than","chunk_index":18}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 20
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"data rate for signal and spectra acquisition is selected. Do not use peak width shorter than necessary. G7117A: Do not use 0.025 s response time (no filtering/high noise and no need (actually ultra-fast LC doesn't deliver peaks <0.0025 min/<0.15 s). NOTE The G7117A and the G7117C have a data rate of up to 120 Hz. The G7117B has a data rate of up to 240 Hz. For details see “Peak width (response time)” on page 77. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":19}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 21
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":20,"chroma:document":"time)” on page 77. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Stoptime/Posttime The stoptime is the time where either the complete system stops (As Pump/Injector) or the module (if different from system stop time). The data collection is stopped at this time. A posttime period can be used to allow module’s items to equilibrate (e.g. after gradient change or temperature change). Spectrum Settings  None  All  Range (from - to)  Step","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 22
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"gradient change or temperature change). Spectrum Settings  None  All  Range (from - to)  Step width Analog Output The range can be set to either 100 mV or 1 V full scale, see “Detector Control Settings” on page 46.  Zero Offset : 1 – 99 % in steps of 1 % (5 % equal to 50 mV).  Attenuation : 0.98 – 2000 mAU at discrete values for either 100 mV or 1 V full scale. Margin for negative Absorbance Use this field to modify the detector’s signal handling to increase the margin for negative","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":21}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 23
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":22,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Use this field to modify the detector’s signal handling to increase the margin for negative absorbance. Use this option if, for example, your solvent gradient produces a decreasing baseline absorbance, and for GPC analyses. Limits: 100 to 4000 mAU. The higher the value the greater the baseline noise. Set this value only if you expect negative absorbance greater than -100 mAU. Slitwidth (G7117B): You can select the optical bandwidth (1, 2, 4 or 8 nm) of the detector; the narrower the slit, the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 24
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":23,"chroma:document":"You can select the optical bandwidth (1, 2, 4 or 8 nm) of the detector; the narrower the slit, the smaller the optical bandwidth of the instrument, but the lower its sensitivity. The smaller the optical bandwidth the higher the spectral resolution. Slitwidth The G7117A and G7117C have a fixed slit width of 4n m . Table 5 Method Parameter Settings 50 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Autobalance Defines, whether a balance is","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 25
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":24,"chroma:document":"User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Autobalance Defines, whether a balance is performed prior to a run and/or after a run has finished. Lamp on required for acquisition: If unchecked, the lamp will be turned off after the analysis has finished. Note that the lamp on requires at least one hour warm-up time, see “Warm up of the Detector” on page 98. Timetable You may set up time events to change functions with their parameters over the run time. Add lines as required. Time"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 26
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"events to change functions with their parameters over the run time. Add lines as required. Time Limits: 0.00 to 99999.00 min in steps of 0.01 min. Via the buttons in the bottom area, time table lines can be added, removed, cut copied, pasted or completely cleared. Based on the chosen function, a certain parameter can be selected. Table 5 Method Parameter Settings InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Instrument Curves The detector has","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":25}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 27
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":26,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Detectors User Manual Using the Module Method Parameter Settings Instrument Curves The detector has several signals (internal temperatures, voltages of lamps) that can be used for diagnosing problems. These can be baseline problems deriving from deuterium lamps wander / drift problems due to temperature changes. These signals can be used in addition to the normal baseline signal to determine whether correlation to temperature or voltage/current of the lamp. These signals are available via the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 28
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":27,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"correlation to temperature or voltage/current of the lamp. These signals are available via the Agilent ChemStation Online Plot/Data Signal and/or Agilent Lab Advisor Software. Table 5 Method Parameter Settings 52 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 3 Using the Module Method Parameter Settings InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept Setting up an Analysis Before Using the System"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 29
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":28,"chroma:document":"the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept Setting up an Analysis Before Using the System Requirements and Conditions Preparing the Detector Preparing the HPLC System Running the Sample and Verifying the Results Solvent Information This chapter provides information on how to set up the module for an analysis and explains the basic settings. 54 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 30
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":29,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Leak and Waste Handling For details on correct installation, see separate installation documentation. WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 31
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ Do not use solvents with an auto-ignition temperature below 200 °C (392 °F). Do not use solvents with a boiling point below 56 °C (133 °F). ➔ Avoid high vapor concentrations. Always keep the temperature in the sample compartment at least 25 K below the boiling point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the","chunk_index":30,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 32
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"sample compartment at least 25 K below the boiling point of the solvent used. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. ➔ Reduce the volume of substances to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Never exceed the maximum permissible volume of solvents (8 L) in the solvent cabinet. Do not use bottles that exceed the maximum permissible volume as specified in the usage guideline for solvent cabinet. ➔ Ground the waste container. ➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste","chunk_index":31}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 33
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"for solvent cabinet. ➔ Ground the waste container. ➔ Regularly check the filling level of the waste container. The residual free volume in the waste container must be large enough to collect the waste liquid. ➔ To achieve maximal safety, regularly check the tubing for correct installation. NOTE For details, see the usage guideline for the solvent cabinet. A printed copy of the guideline has been shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available in the Agilent Information Center","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":32}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 34
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"shipped with the solvent cabinet, electronic copies are available in the Agilent Information Center or via the Internet. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Leak and Waste Handling Waste Concept 1 Agilent recommends using the 6 L waste can with 1 Stay Safe cap GL45 with 4 ports (5043-1221) for optimal and safe waste disposal. If you decide to use your own waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. 56 InfinityLab LC Series Diod","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":33}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 35
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"waste solution, make sure that the tubes don't immerse in the liquid. 56 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Setting up an Analysis This chapter can be used for  preparing the system,  to learn the set up of an HPLC analysis and  to use it as an instrument check to demonstrate that all modules of the system are correctly installed and connected. It is not a test of the instrument performance.  Learn about special settings","chunk_index":34,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 36
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"and connected. It is not a test of the instrument performance.  Learn about special settings Before Using the System Solvent Information Observe recommendations on the use of solvents in chapter “Solvents” in the pump’s reference manual. Priming and Purging the System When the solvents have been exchanged or the pumping system has been turned off for a certain time (for example, overnight) oxygen will re-diffuse into the solvent channel between the solvent reservoir, vacuum degasser (when","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":35}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 37
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"will re-diffuse into the solvent channel between the solvent reservoir, vacuum degasser (when available in the system) and the pump. Solvents containing volatile ingredients will slightly lose these. Therefore priming of the pumping system is required before starting an application. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis 1 Open the purge valve of your pump (by turning it counterclockwise) and set flow rate to 3 – 5 mL/min. 2 Flush all","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":36}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 38
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"valve of your pump (by turning it counterclockwise) and set flow rate to 3 – 5 mL/min. 2 Flush all tubes with at least 30 mL of solvent. 3 Set flow to required value of your application and close the purge valve. Table 6 Choice of Priming Solvents for Different Purposes Activity Solvent Comments After an installation When switching between reverse phase and normal phase (both times) Isopropanol Isopropanol Best solvent to flush air out of the system Best solvent to flush air out of the system","chunk_index":37}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 39
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":38,"chroma:document":"Isopropanol Best solvent to flush air out of the system Best solvent to flush air out of the system After an installation Etha nol or Methanol Alternativ e to Isopropanol (second choice) if no Isopropanol is available To clean the system when using buffers After a solvent change Bidistilled water Bidistilled water Best solvent to re-dissolve buffer crystals Best solvent to re-dissolve buffer crystals After the installation of normal phase seals (P/N 0905-1420) Hexane + 5% Isopropanol Good"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 40
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"crystals After the installation of normal phase seals (P/N 0905-1420) Hexane + 5% Isopropanol Good wetting properties NOTE The pump should never be used for priming empty tubings (never let the pump run dry). Use a syringe to draw enough solvent for completely filling the tubings to the pump inlet before continuing to prime with the pump. NOTE Pump for approximately 10minutes before starting your application. 58 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module","chunk_index":39}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 41
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"application. 58 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Requirements and Conditions What You Will Need The table below lists the items you need to have for the set up of the analysis. Some of these are optional (not required for the basic system). Conditions A single injection of the isocratic test standard is made under the conditions given in Table 8 on page 58: Table 7 What you will need Agilent 1200 Infinity Series system Pump","chunk_index":40,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 42
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":41,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"given in Table 8 on page 58: Table 7 What you will need Agilent 1200 Infinity Series system Pump (plus degassing) Autosampler Detector, standard flow cell installed Degasser (optional) Column Compartment (optional) Agilent CDS System should be correctly set up for LAN communication with the Agilent ChemStation Column: Zorbax Eclipse XDB-C18, 4.6 x 150 mm, 5 µm (993967-902) or an equivalent column Standard: Agilent isocratic checkout sample (01080-68704) Table 8 Conditions Flow 1.5 mL/min"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 43
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":42,"chroma:document":"column Standard: Agilent isocratic checkout sample (01080-68704) Table 8 Conditions Flow 1.5 mL/min Stoptime 8 min Solvent 100% (30% wate r/70% Acetonitrile) Temperature Ambient Wavelength sample 254 nm Injection Volume 1 µL Column Temperature (optional): 25 °C or ambient InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Typical Chromatogram A typical chromatogram for this analysis is shown in Figure 18 on page 59. The exact profile of the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 44
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":43,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"A typical chromatogram for this analysis is shown in Figure 18 on page 59. The exact profile of the chromatogram will depend on the chromatographic conditions. Variations in solvent quality, column packing, standard concentration and column temperature will all have a potential effect on peak retention and response. Figure 18 Typical Chromatogram with UV-detector 60 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Preparing the Detector For"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 45
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":44,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Preparing the Detector For best performance of the detector  Let the lamp warm-up and stabilize for at least one hour (initial turn on of the module requires a longer time depending on the environment and the application needs); refer to “Specification Conditions” on page 36.  For high sensitivity measurements, a stable environment is required; refer to “Environment” on page 28. Prevent drafts from air condition systems. "}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 46
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":45,"chroma:document":"is required; refer to “Environment” on page 28. Prevent drafts from air condition systems.  Setting an appropriate reference wavelength could improve the baseline behavior.  Do not work with removed/open front panels/doors. When the system includes a G1316 TCC (typically located below the detector) and its front panel is removed while the TCC is set to high temperatures, the up-streaming air could influence the stability of the detector baseline. Preparing the HPLC System 1 Turn on the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 47
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"air could influence the stability of the detector baseline. Preparing the HPLC System 1 Turn on the control software and the monitor. 2 Turn on the modules. 3 Start the control software. The screen should show all modules and the system status is Not Ready. 4 Turn on the modules that require conditioning: a Detector lamp (warm-up for at least 60 min to get a stable baseline). b Column compartment (set temperature as required). c Pump (purge). d Sampler (prepare the standard isocratic sample","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":46}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 48
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":47,"chroma:document":"(set temperature as required). c Pump (purge). d Sampler (prepare the standard isocratic sample into a vial). e Solvents (fill water and Acetontrile into the solvent bottles). 5 Load the default method. 6 Pump the water/acetonitrile (30/70 %) mobile phase through the column for 10 min for equilibration. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis 7 Select the menu item Run Control > Sample Info and enter information about this application."}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 49
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"7 Select the menu item Run Control > Sample Info and enter information about this application. Click OK to leave this screen. Figure 19 Sample Info 62 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Setting up an Analysis Running the Sample and Verifying the Results 1 To start a run select the menu item RunControl > Run Method. 2 This will start the modules and the online plot on the Agilent ChemStation will show the resulting chromatogram. Figure 20 Chromatogram","chunk_index":48}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 50
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":49,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"online plot on the Agilent ChemStation will show the resulting chromatogram. Figure 20 Chromatogram with Isocratic Test Sample NOTE Information about using the Data Analysis functions can be obtained from the Using your ChemStation manual supplied with your system. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information Solvent Information Observe the following recommendations on the use of solvents.  Follow recommendations for avoiding the growth of"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 51
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":50,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"recommendations on the use of solvents.  Follow recommendations for avoiding the growth of algae, see pump manuals.  Small particles can permanently block capillaries and valves. Therefore, always filter solvents through 0.22 μm filters.  Avoid or minimize the use of solvents that may corrode parts in the flow path. Consider specifications for the pH range given for different materials like flow cells, valve materials etc. and recommendations in subsequent sections. Material Information"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 52
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"flow cells, valve materials etc. and recommendations in subsequent sections. Material Information Materials in the flow path are carefully selected based on Agilent’s experiences in developing highest quality instruments for HPLC analysis over several decades. These materials exhibit excellent robustness under typical HPLC conditions. For any special conditions, please consult the material information section or contact Agilent. Disclaimer Subsequent data were collected from external resources","chunk_index":51,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 53
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"section or contact Agilent. Disclaimer Subsequent data were collected from external resources and are meant as a reference. Agilent cannot guarantee the correctness and completeness of such information. Data is based on compatibility libraries, which are not specific for estimating the long-term life time under specific but highly variable conditions of UHPLC systems, solvents, solvent mixtures and samples. Information can also not be generalized due to catalytic effects of impurities like","chunk_index":52,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 54
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":53,"chroma:document":"and samples. Information can also not be generalized due to catalytic effects of impurities like metal ions, complexing agents, oxygen etc. Apart from pure chemical corrosion, other effects like electro corrosion, electrostatic charging (especially for non-conductive organic solvents), swelling of polymer parts etc. need to be considered. Most data available refers to room temperature (typically 20 – 25 °C, 68 – 77 °F). If corrosion is possible, it usually accelerates at higher temperatures. If","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 55
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":54,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"– 25 °C, 68 – 77 °F). If corrosion is possible, it usually accelerates at higher temperatures. If in doubt, please consult technical literature on chemical compatibility of materials. 64 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information PEEK PEEK (Polyether-Ether Ketones) combines excellent properties regarding biocompatibility, chemical resistance, mechanical and thermal stability. PEEK is therefore the material of choice for UHPLC and"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 56
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"mechanical and thermal stability. PEEK is therefore the material of choice for UHPLC and biochemical instrumentation. It is stable in the specified pH range (for the Bio-inert LC system: pH 1 – 13, see bio-inert module manuals for details), and inert to many common solvents. There is still a number of known incompatibilities with chemicals such as chloroform, methylene chloride, THF, DMSO, strong acids (nitric acid > 10 %, sulphuric acid > 10 %, sulfonic acids, trichloroacetic acid), halogenes","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":55}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 57
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"acids (nitric acid > 10 %, sulphuric acid > 10 %, sulfonic acids, trichloroacetic acid), halogenes or aequous halogene solutions, phenol and derivatives (cresols, salicylic acid etc.). When used above room temperature, PEEK is sensitive to bases and various organic solvents, which can cause it to swell. Under such conditions normal PEEK capillaries are very sensitive to high pressure. Therefore Agilent uses stainless-steel cladded PEEK capillaries in bio-inert systems. The use of stainless","chunk_index":56}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 58
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":57,"chroma:document":"Agilent uses stainless-steel cladded PEEK capillaries in bio-inert systems. The use of stainless steel cladded PEEK capillaries keeps the flow path free of steel and ensures pressure stability to at least 600 bar. If in doubt, consult the available literature about the chemical compatibility of PEEK. Polyimide Agilent uses semi-crystalline polyimide for rotor seals in valves and needle seats in autosamplers. One supplier of polyimide is DuPont, which brands polyimide as Vespel, which is also","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 59
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"autosamplers. One supplier of polyimide is DuPont, which brands polyimide as Vespel, which is also used by Agilent. Polyimide is stable in a pH range between 1 and 10 and in most organic solvents. It is incompatible with concentrated mineral acids (e.g. sulphuric acid), glacial acetic acid, DMSO and THF. It is also degraded by nucleophilic substances like ammonia (e.g. ammonium salts in basic conditions) or acetates. Polyethylene (PE) Agilent uses UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight)-PE/PTFE","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":58}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 60
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"conditions) or acetates. Polyethylene (PE) Agilent uses UHMW (ultra-high molecular weight)-PE/PTFE blends for yellow piston and wash seals, which are used in 1290 Infinity pumps and for normal phase applications in 1260 Infinity pumps. Polyethylene has a good stability for most common inorganic solvents including acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It is compatible to many InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information organic solvents","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":59}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 61
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information organic solvents used in chromatographic systems like methanol, acetonitrile and isopropanol. It has limited stability with aliphatic, aromatic and halogenated hydrocarbons, THF, phenol and derivatives, concentrated acids and bases. For normal phase applications, the maximum pressure should be limited to 200 bar. Tantalum (Ta) Tantalum is inert to most common HPLC solvents and almost all acids except fluoric acid","chunk_index":60,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 62
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"(Ta) Tantalum is inert to most common HPLC solvents and almost all acids except fluoric acid and acids with free sulfur trioxide. It can be corroded by strong bases (e.g. hydroxide solutions > 10 %, diethylamine). It is not recommended for the use with fluoric acid and fluorides. Stainless Steel (ST) Stainless steel is inert against many common solvents. It is stable in the presence of acids and bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It can be corroded by acids below pH 2.3. It can also corrode in","chunk_index":61}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 63
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"bases in a pH range of 1 to 12.5. It can be corroded by acids below pH 2.3. It can also corrode in following solvents:  Solutions of alkali halides, their respective acids (for example, lithium iodide, potassium chloride, and so on) and aqueous solutions of halogens.  High concentrations of inorganic acids like nitric acid, sulfuric acid and organic solvents especially at higher temperatures (replace, if your chromatography method allows, by phosphoric acid or phosphate buffer which are less","chunk_index":62}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 64
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":63,"chroma:document":"if your chromatography method allows, by phosphoric acid or phosphate buffer which are less corrosive against stainless steel).  Halogenated solvents or mixtures which form radicals and/or acids, for example: 2 CHCl 3 + O2→ 2 COCl2 + 2 HCl This reaction, in which stainless steel probably acts as a catalyst, occurs quickly with dried chloroform if the drying process removes the stabilizing alcohol.  Chromatographic grade ethers, which can contain peroxides (for example, THF, dioxane,","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 65
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"alcohol.  Chromatographic grade ethers, which can contain peroxides (for example, THF, dioxane, di-isopropylether). Such ethers should be filtered through dry aluminium oxide which adsorbs the peroxides.  Solutions of organic acids (acetic acid, formic acid, and so on) in organic solvents. For example, a 1 % solution of acetic acid in methanol will attack steel.  Solutions containing strong complexing agents (for example, EDTA, ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid).  Mixtures of carbon","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":64}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 66
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"complexing agents (for example, EDTA, ethylene diamine tetra-acetic acid).  Mixtures of carbon tetrachloride with 2-propanol or THF. 66 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information Titanium (Ti) Titanium is highly resistant to oxidizing acids (for example, nitric, perchloric and hypochlorous acid) over a wide range of concentrations and temperatures. This is due to a thin oxide layer on the surface, which is stabilized by oxidizing","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":65}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 67
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"temperatures. This is due to a thin oxide layer on the surface, which is stabilized by oxidizing compounds. Non-oxidizing acids (for example, hydrochloric, sulfuric and phosphoric acid) can cause slight corrosion, which increases with acid concentration and temperature. For example, the corrosion rate with 3 % HCl (about pH 0.1) at room temperature is about 13 μm/year. At room temperature, titanium is resistant to concentrations of about 5 % sulfuric acid (about pH 0.3). Addition of nitric acid","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":66}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 68
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":67,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"is resistant to concentrations of about 5 % sulfuric acid (about pH 0.3). Addition of nitric acid to hydrochloric or sulfuric acids significantly reduces corrosion rates. Titanium is sensitive to acidic metal chlorides like FeCl 3 or CuCl2. Titanium is subject to corrosion in anhydrous methanol, which can be avoided by adding a small amount of water (about 3 %). Slight corrosion is possible with ammonia > 10 %. Diamond-Like Carbon (DLC) Diamond-Like Carbon is inert to almost all common acids,"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 69
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"ammonia > 10 %. Diamond-Like Carbon (DLC) Diamond-Like Carbon is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fused silica and Quartz (SiO2) Fused silica is used in 1290 Infinity Flow Cells and capillaries. Quartz is used for classical flow cell windows. It is inert against all common solvents and acids except hydrofluoric acid and acidic solvents containing fluorides. It is corroded by strong bases and should not be used","chunk_index":68}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 70
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":69,"chroma:document":"and acidic solvents containing fluorides. It is corroded by strong bases and should not be used above pH 12 at room temperature. The corrosion of flow cell windows can negatively affect measurement results. For a pH greater than 12, the use of flow cells with sapphire windows is recommended. Gold Gold is inert to all common HPLC solvents, acids and bases within the specified pH range. It can be corroded by complexing cyanides and concentrated acids like aqua regia. Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2)"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 71
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":70,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"be corroded by complexing cyanides and concentrated acids like aqua regia. Zirconium Oxide (ZrO2) Zirconium Oxide is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Preparing the Module Solvent Information Platinum/Iridium Platinum/Iridium is inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications."}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 72
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":71,"chroma:document":"common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. Fluorinated polymers (PTFE, PFA, FEP, FFKM) Fluorinated polymers like PTFE (polytetrafluorethylene), PFA (perfluoroalkoxy) and FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene) are inert to almost all common acids, bases, and solvents. FFKM is perfluorinated rubber, which is also resistant to most chemicals. As an elastomer, it may swell in some organic solvents like halogenated hydrocarbons. TFE/PDD copolymer","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 73
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":72,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"elastomer, it may swell in some organic solvents like halogenated hydrocarbons. TFE/PDD copolymer tubings, which are used in all Agilent degassers except G1322A, are not compatible with fluorinated solvents like Freon, Fluorinert, or Vertrel. They have limited life time in the presence of Hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP). To ensure the longest possible life with HFIP, it is best to dedicate a particular chamber to this solvent, not to switch solvents, and not to let dry out the chamber. For"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 74
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"particular chamber to this solvent, not to switch solvents, and not to let dry out the chamber. For optimizing the life of the pressure sensor, do not leave HFIP in the chamber when the unit is off. Sapphire, Ruby and Al2O3-based ceramics Sapphire, ruby and ceramics based on aluminum oxide Al2O3 are inert to almost all common acids, bases and solvents. There are no documented incompatibilities for HPLC applications. 68 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":73}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 75
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":74,"chroma:document":"for HPLC applications. 68 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 4 Preparing the Module Solvent Information InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Optimizing the Detector Introduction Optimization Overview Choosing a Flow Cell Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001) Application Information Special Information of 60 mm Cartridge Flow Cell Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Peak","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 76
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":75,"chroma:document":"Cell Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Peak width (response time) Sample and Reference Wavelength and Bandwidth Slit Width (G7117B) Optimizing Spectral Acquisition Margin for Negative Absorbance Optimizing Selectivity Quantifying Coeluting Peaks by Peak Suppression Ratio Qualifiers for Selective Detection of Compound Classes Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume How to Configure the Optimum"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 77
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":76,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume How to Configure the Optimum Delay Volume How to Achieve Higher Sensitivity Warm up of the Detector This chapter provides information on how to optimize the detector. 70 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Introduction Introduction The detector has a variety of parameters that can be used to optimize performance. Depending on whether signal or spectral data need to be optimized,"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 78
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"be used to optimize performance. Depending on whether signal or spectral data need to be optimized, different settings are recommended. The following sections describe optimization for:  signal sensitivity, selectivity and linearity,  spectral sensitivity and resolution (DAD only), and  disk space required for storing data. How to Get the Best Detector Performance The information below will guide you on how to get the best detector performance. Follow these rules as a start for new","chunk_index":77,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 79
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":78,"chroma:document":"will guide you on how to get the best detector performance. Follow these rules as a start for new applications. It gives rules-of-thumb for optimizing detector parameters. NOTE The information in this chapter should be seen as a basic introduction to diode array detector techniques. Some of these techniques may not be available in the instrument software controlling the detector. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Optimization"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 80
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":79,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Optimization Overview Table 9 Optimization Overview Parameter Impact 1 Selection of flow cell  peak resolution versus sensitivity  Choose flow cell according to used column (“Choosing a Flow Cell” on page 72). 2 Connection of flow cell  chromatographic resolution 3 Setting the peak width (response time)  peak resolution versus sensitivity versus disk space  Use peak width according “Choosing a Flow Cell”"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 81
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"resolution versus sensitivity versus disk space  Use peak width according “Choosing a Flow Cell” on page 72 as starting point.  Set the peak-width close to the width of a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. 4 Setting wavelength and bandwidth  Sample wavelength:  Never miss a peak by the use of a browser wavelength like 250 nm with 100 nm bandwidth.  Select specific wavelength with reduced optical bandwidth if you need s e l e c t i v i t y , e . g . 2 5 4 . 0n m / 4n m a n d 3 6","chunk_index":80}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 82
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":81,"chroma:document":"reduced optical bandwidth if you need s e l e c t i v i t y , e . g . 2 5 4 . 0n m / 4n m a n d 3 6 0 . 0n m / 1 0 0n m a s r e f e r e n c e wavelength.  Set the sample wavelength to a peak or valley to get best linearity in general; select a valley to get best linearity for high concentrations.  sensitivity versus selectivity  sensitivity versus linearity  Reference wavelength:  Select the reference wavelength with broad bandwidth (30...100 nm) wavelength range where your analytes have"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 83
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"reference wavelength with broad bandwidth (30...100 nm) wavelength range where your analytes have little or no absorbance (e.g. sample at 254 nm, reference at 320 nm).  Select the reference wavelength as near as possible to the UV range.  baseline drift due to RI effects. 72 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Choosing a Flow Cell Several flavors of the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell are available, see Table on page 72. 5","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":82}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 84
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":83,"chroma:document":"Cell Several flavors of the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell are available, see Table on page 72. 5 Setting the slit width (G7117B only)  Use 4 nm slit for normal applications.  Use narrow slit (e.g 1 nm) if your analytes have narrow absorbance bands and for high concentrations.  Use a wide slit (e.g. 8 nm) to detect very low concentrations.  Optimizing spectral acquisition (DAD only)  Set the spectral wavelength range (for colorless samples 190...400 nm is sufficient).  Set step to 4 nm for","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 85
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"wavelength range (for colorless samples 190...400 nm is sufficient).  Set step to 4 nm for normal use; set small step (and slit width) if high resolution of spectra with fine structure is wanted.  spectral resolution, sensitivity and linearity. Table 9 Optimization Overview Parameter Impact Table 10 Specifications for Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cells Cartridge Cells  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) (G4212-60008)  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) (G4212-60007) ","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":84}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 86
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) (G4212-60008)  Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) (G4212-60007)  HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) (G4212-60032)  ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) (G4212-60038)  Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell (G4212-60011) Maximum pressure 70 bar (1015 psi) Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP)1 150 bar (2175 psi) Maximum Incidential Pressure (MIP)2 1 Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP): The maximum pressure at which the system can operate","chunk_index":85,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 87
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"(MIP)2 1 Maximum Operating Pressure (MOP): The maximum pressure at which the system can operate continuously under normal conditions. 2 Maximum Incidential Pressure (MIP): The maximum pressure which the system can experience during a short time. pH range 1.0-12.5 (solvent dependent) InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview High Sensitivity If higher sensitivity is necessary, the Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V( σ) 4.0 μL)","chunk_index":86}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 88
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":87,"chroma:document":"Sensitivity If higher sensitivity is necessary, the Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 60 mm, V( σ) 4.0 μL) (G4212-60007) can be used. This cell enhances the detector by lowering the limit of detection (LOD) by a factor of about 3 (depending on the application). Normal Applications The Max-Light Cartridge Cell ( 10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 μL) (G4212-60008) covers a wide range of applications:  all column diameter down to at least 2.1 mm ID or even less  applications with peak dispersion (Peakwidth x flow) down","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 89
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":88,"chroma:document":"down to at least 2.1 mm ID or even less  applications with peak dispersion (Peakwidth x flow) down to ~2μ L [example: pw = 0.04 min at flow = 0.1 mL/min gives peak dispersion of 0.04 min x 0.1 mL/min = 0.004 mL = 4 μL] Ultra-Low Dispersion The Max-Light Cartridge ULD cell can be used with the G7117A DAD FS and G7117B DAD. The cell is a requirement for the Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit solution which currently exists as 1290 Infinity Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit (5067-5189). The cell should be part of","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 90
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"currently exists as 1290 Infinity Ultra-Low Dispersion Kit (5067-5189). The cell should be part of the ultra-low dispersion solution. High Dynamic Range The Max-Light Cartridge HDR cell can be used with the G7117A DAD FS and G7117B DAD. The cell is required as a part of the High Dynamic Range (HDR) solution. Recommendations For G4212-60007 and G4212-60008 The use of Peek-FS capillaries is not recommended. In combination with the SST zero dead volume fitting (e.g. at the inlet) the capillary","chunk_index":89}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 91
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"recommended. In combination with the SST zero dead volume fitting (e.g. at the inlet) the capillary could break and the glass particles could block/damage the flow cell. NOTE To protect the flow cell against overpressure (e.g. in systems with LC/MS) install Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001), see “Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001)” on page 74. 74 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Inline Pressure","chunk_index":90,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 92
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Inline Pressure Relief Valve Kit (G4212-68001) When several detectors are installed in a system the connecting capillary and fittings between the detectors must be carefully chosen to keep chromatographic influence on peak shape small. On the other hand narrow bore connection capillaries generate a significant pressure drop dependent on flow rate and solvent properties. The pressure relief valve is designed to","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":91}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 93
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":92,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"drop dependent on flow rate and solvent properties. The pressure relief valve is designed to protect the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. Agilent Technologies strongly recommend installing the pressure relief valve at the outlet of the detector as soon as a second detector is installed like in LC/MS applications. The pressure relief valve is a low internal volume check valve. The dead volume is smaller than 100 nL delay volume (inlet to outlet). The ball of the check valve is spring loaded and"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 94
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":93,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"than 100 nL delay volume (inlet to outlet). The ball of the check valve is spring loaded and adjusted to open at typically 80 bar. On overpressure (typically above 80 bar) it releases the pressure to waste. Application Information For the analysis and characterization of proteins and large biomolecules, and applications with mobile phases of a pH above 12.5 it is recommended to use an Agilent Diode Array Detector G1315C/D and G7115A (or Multiple Wavelength Detector G1365C/D and G7165A) and the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 95
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Array Detector G1315C/D and G7115A (or Multiple Wavelength Detector G1365C/D and G7165A) and the respective bio-inert flow cell. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimization Overview Special Information of 60 mm Cartridge Flow Cell Application Information The geometrical volume of the 60 mm cell is 6 times larger than the 10 mm cell. However, the chromatographic relevant dispersion volume, the square roots of variances, accounting for cell","chunk_index":94}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 96
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"the chromatographic relevant dispersion volume, the square roots of variances, accounting for cell specific geometrical volume shape and fluidic flow pattern, have been determined as σV = 4 μL and σV = 1 μL in for the 10 mm cell. Due to the larger dispersion volume, the 60 mm cell is primarily designed for 4.6 mm column applications to achieve highest sensitivity with no additional peak broadening. However, if sensitivity is important the 60 mm cell will also be advantageous in case of smaller","chunk_index":95}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 97
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":96,"chroma:document":"However, if sensitivity is important the 60 mm cell will also be advantageous in case of smaller columns (3 mm, 2.1 mm) but depending on the chromatographic system and method additional peak broadening might occur. The upper limit of concentration Care should be taken in methods where high background absorption of solvents or modifiers are present. When using the 60 mm cell the detector will measure 6 times the background absorption as in case of the 10 mm cell, which will reduce the remaining"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 98
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"6 times the background absorption as in case of the 10 mm cell, which will reduce the remaining dynamic absorbance range for sample peaks. Furthermore those UV absorbing modifiers could compromise the sensitivity gain (signal/noise) of 60 mm cell. The linearity limit of the detector is seen at about 2 AU for both, the 10 mm and the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. Using firmware revision B.06.25 and below, the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Cell linearity limit would be 333 mAU/cm. 76","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":97}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 99
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"B.06.25 and below, the 60 mm Max-Light Cartridge Cell linearity limit would be 333 mAU/cm. 76 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Flow Cell Path Length Lambert-Beer’s law shows a linear relationship between the flow cell path length and absorbance. where T is the transmission, defined as the quotient of the intensity","chunk_index":98}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 100
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":99,"chroma:document":"path length and absorbance. where T is the transmission, defined as the quotient of the intensity of the transmitted light I divided by the intensity of the incident light, I 0, ε is the extinction coefficient, which is a characteristic of a given substance under a precisely-defined set of conditions of wavelength, solvent, temperature and other parameters, C [mol/L] is the concentration of the absorbing species, and d [m] is the path length of the cell used for the measurement. The detector","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 101
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":100,"chroma:document":"absorbing species, and d [m] is the path length of the cell used for the measurement. The detector can now output the signal in two forms: 1 In Absorbance divide by the path length AU/cm, that is then similar to [ε x C]. Advantage: samples with same concentration have same peak height also at cells with different path lengths. The upper limit of concentration: the linearity limit of the detector is then seen at about 2 AU/path length, so for the 6 cm Max-Light Cartridge Cell the linearity limit"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 102
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"then seen at about 2 AU/path length, so for the 6 cm Max-Light Cartridge Cell the linearity limit is 333 mAU/cm]. 2 In AU that is equal to ε x C x d like normal done in the past: now for recalculation to your concentration C the path length must be considered. Therefore, flow cells with longer path lengths yield higher signals. Although noise usually increases little with increasing path length, there is a gain in signal-to-noise ratio. When increasing the path length, the cell volume could","chunk_index":101}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 103
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":102,"chroma:document":"there is a gain in signal-to-noise ratio. When increasing the path length, the cell volume could increase. Depending on the peak volume, this could cause more peak dispersion. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion As a rule-of-thumb the flow cell volume should be about 1/3 of the peak volume at half height. To determine the volume of your peaks, take the peak width as reported in the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 104
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":103,"chroma:document":"at half height. To determine the volume of your peaks, take the peak width as reported in the integration results multiply it by the flow rate and divide it by 3). Traditionally LC analysis with UV detectors is based on comparing measurements with internal or external standards. To check photometric accuracy of the Agilent detector it is necessary to have more precise information on path lengths of the detector flow cells. Peak width (response time) Response time describes how fast the detector","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 105
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"the detector flow cells. Peak width (response time) Response time describes how fast the detector signal follows a sudden change of absorbance in the flow cell. The detector uses digital filters to adapt response time to the width of the peaks in your chromatogram. These filters do not affect peak area nor peak symmetry. When set correctly, such filters reduce baseline noise significantly (Figure 21 on page 78), but reduce peak height only slightly. In addition, these filters reduce the data","chunk_index":104,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 106
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"21 on page 78), but reduce peak height only slightly. In addition, these filters reduce the data rate to allow optimum integration and display of your peaks and to minimize disk space required to store chromatograms and spectra. NOTE This may result in problems when the used peak width is set to large and all peaks are filtered accordingly. Part Number Path Length Cell Volume (σ) G4212-60008/G5615-60018 1.0 cm 1.0 µL G4212-60007/G5615-60017 6.0 cm 4.0 µL 78 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array","chunk_index":105}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 107
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"1.0 cm 1.0 µL G4212-60007/G5615-60017 6.0 cm 4.0 µL 78 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 21 Influence of Response Time on Signal and Noise Table 11 on page 79 and Table 12 on page 80 list the filter choices of the detector. To get optimum results, set peak width as close as possible to a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. Response time will then be approximately","chunk_index":106}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 108
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":107,"chroma:document":"to a narrow peak of interest in your chromatogram. Response time will then be approximately 1/3 of the peak width, resulting in less than 5 % peak-height reduction and less than 5 % additional peak dispersion. Decreasing the peak width setting in the detector will result in less than 5 % gain in peak height but baseline noise will increase by a factor of 1.4 for a factor of 2 response-time reduction. Increasing the peak width (response time) by a factor of two from the recommended setting","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 109
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Increasing the peak width (response time) by a factor of two from the recommended setting (over-filtering) will reduce peak height by about 20 % and reduce baseline noise by a factor of 1.4. This gives you the best possible signal-to-noise ratio, but may affect peak resolution. 5HVSRQVH\u0003WLPH\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0003V 5HVSRQVH\u0003WLPH\u0003 \u0003\u0013\u0011\u0013\u0014\u0019\u0003V 6OLW\u0003ZLGWK\u0003 \u0003\u0017\u0003QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 11","chunk_index":108,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 110
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":109,"chroma:document":"Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 11 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117B) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Signal data rate [Hz] Scan data rate [HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] >501 pts/scan < 0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 111
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":110,"chroma:document":"0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160 80 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 1 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 80 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity,","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 112
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Table 12 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117A/G7117C) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Scan data rate[Hz] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625 120 120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":111}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 113
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":112,"chroma:document":"120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 NOTE The maximum spectra scan rate depends on the data points per scan, see Table 11 on page 79 and Table 12 on page 80. Running at 160 Hz, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 114
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":113,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"160 Hz, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more than 251 points/scan. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Sample and Reference Wavelength and Bandwidth The detector measures absorbance simultaneously at wavelengths from 190 to 640 nm. A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. If you know little about the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 115
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. If you know little about the analytes in your sample, store all spectra over the full wavelength range. This provides full information but fills up your disk space rather quickly. Spectra can be used to check a peak’s purity and identity. Spectral information is also useful to optimize wavelength settings for your chromatographic signal. The detector can compute and store at run time up to 8 signals with these properties: ","chunk_index":114,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 116
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"signal. The detector can compute and store at run time up to 8 signals with these properties:  sample wavelength, the center of a wavelength band with the width of sample bandwidth (BW), and optionally  reference wavelength, the center of a wavelength band with the width of reference bandwidth. The signals comprises a series of data points over time, with the average absorbance in the sample wavelength band minus the average absorbance of the reference wavelength band. Signal A in the","chunk_index":115,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 117
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"wavelength band minus the average absorbance of the reference wavelength band. Signal A in the detector default method is set to sample 254.0/4, reference 360.0/100, that is, the average absorbance from 252 – 256 nm minus the average absorbance from 310 – 410 nm. As all analytes show higher absorbance at 252 – 256 nm than at 310 – 410 nm, this signal will show you virtually every compound which can be detected by UV absorbance. Many compounds show absorbance bands in the spectrum. Figure 22 on","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":116}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 118
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":117,"chroma:document":"be detected by UV absorbance. Many compounds show absorbance bands in the spectrum. Figure 22 on page 82 shows the spectrum of anisic acid as an example. To optimize for lowest possible detectable concentrations of anisic acid, set the sample wavelength to the peak of the absorbance band (that is, 252 nm) and the sample bandwidth to the width of the absorbance band (that is, 30 nm). A reference of 360,100 is adequate. Anisic acid does not absorb in this range. If you work with high","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 119
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"reference of 360,100 is adequate. Anisic acid does not absorb in this range. If you work with high concentrations, you may get better linearity above 1.5 AU by setting the sample wavelength to a valley in the spectrum, like 225 nm for anisic acid. 82 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 22 Optimization of Wavelength Setting A wide bandwidth has the advantage of reducing noise","chunk_index":118,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 120
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Figure 22 Optimization of Wavelength Setting A wide bandwidth has the advantage of reducing noise by averaging over a wavelength range — compared to a 4 nm bandwidth, the baseline noise is reduced by a factor of approximately 2.5, whereas the signal is about 75 % of a 4 nm wide band. The signal-to-noise ratio for a 30 nm bandwidth is twice that for a 4 nm bandwidth in our example. Figure 23 Influence of Bandwidth on Signal and Noise 5HIHUHQFH\u0003EDQGZLGWK\u0003\u0014\u0013\u0013\u0003QP 5HIHUHQFH\u0003ZDYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0016\u0019\u0013","chunk_index":119}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 121
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":120,"chroma:document":"23 Influence of Bandwidth on Signal and Noise 5HIHUHQFH\u0003EDQGZLGWK\u0003\u0014\u0013\u0013\u0003QP 5HIHUHQFH\u0003ZDYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0016\u0019\u0013 $QLVLF\u0003DFLG :DYHOHQJWK\u0003 QP $EVRUEDQFH\u0003 P$8 VDPSOH\u0003ZDYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0018\u0015\u0003QP \u0016\u0013\u0003QP EDQGZLGWK %DQGZLGWK \u0016\u0013\u0003QP \u0014\u0015\u0003QP \u0017\u0003QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Because the detector averages absorbance values that are calculated for each wavelength, using a wide bandwidth does not negatively impact"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 122
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"values that are calculated for each wavelength, using a wide bandwidth does not negatively impact linearity. The use of a reference wavelength is highly recommended to further reduce baseline drift and wander induced by room temperature fluctuations or refractive index changes during a gradient. An example of the reduction of baseline drifts is shown in Figure 24 on page 83 for PTH-amino acids. Without a reference wavelength, the chromatogram drifts downwards due to refractive index changes","chunk_index":121}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 123
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Without a reference wavelength, the chromatogram drifts downwards due to refractive index changes induced by the gradient. This is almost completely eliminated by using a reference wavelength. With this technique, PTH-amino acids can be quantified in the low picomole range even in a gradient analysis. Figure 24 Gradient Analysis of PTH-Amino Acids (1 pmol each), with and without Reference 7LPH\u0003 PLQ *UDG\u0011 \u0003\u0013\u0011\u0013\u0015\u0003P\u0003.+\u000332\u0003\u0012$&1\u0003IURP\u0003\u0014\u0015\b\u0003$&1\u0003WR\u0003\u0017\u0018\b\u0003$&1\u0003LQ\u0003\u0014\u0015\u0003PLQ \u0014SPRO\u0003HDFK 5HIHUHQFH\u0003\u0016\u001b\u0013QP :DYHOHQJWK","chunk_index":122}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 124
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"*UDG\u0011 \u0003\u0013\u0011\u0013\u0015\u0003P\u0003.+\u000332\u0003\u0012$&1\u0003IURP\u0003\u0014\u0015\b\u0003$&1\u0003WR\u0003\u0017\u0018\b\u0003$&1\u0003LQ\u0003\u0014\u0015\u0003PLQ \u0014SPRO\u0003HDFK 5HIHUHQFH\u0003\u0016\u001b\u0013QP :DYHOHQJWK \u0015\u0019\u001a\u0003QP :DYHOHQJWK \u0015\u0019\u001aQP 1R\u0003UHIHUHQFH 37+\u0010$61 37+\u0010$5* 37+\u0010$/$ 37+\u00103+( 37+\u0010352 \u0015\u0017 84 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Slit Width (G7117B) The 1290 Infinity DAD (G7117B) has a variable slit at the entrance of the spectrograph. This is an effective tool to adapt the detector to changing","chunk_index":123}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 125
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":124,"chroma:document":"at the entrance of the spectrograph. This is an effective tool to adapt the detector to changing demand of different analytical problems. A narrow slit provides spectral resolution for analytes with very fine structures in the absorbance spectrum. An example of such a spectrum is benzene. The five main absorbance bands (fingers) are only 2.5 nm wide and just 6 nm apart from each other. Figure 25 Benzene at 1 and 4 nm slit width (principle) A wide slit uses more of the light shining through the","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 126
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Benzene at 1 and 4 nm slit width (principle) A wide slit uses more of the light shining through the flow cell. This gives lower baseline noise as shown in Figure 26 on page 85. \u0017\u0003QP \u0014\u0003QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Figure 26 Influence of the Slit Width on Baseline Noise However, with a wider slit, the spectrograph’s optical resolution (its ability to distinguish between","chunk_index":125}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 127
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":126,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"with a wider slit, the spectrograph’s optical resolution (its ability to distinguish between different wavelengths) diminishes. Any photodiode receives light within a range of wavelength determined by the slit width. This explains why the fine spectral structure of benzene disappears when using a 8n m w i d e s l i t . Furthermore, the absorbance is no long er strictly linear with concentration for wavelengths at a steep slope of a compound’s spectrum. Substances with fine structures and steep"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 128
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":127,"chroma:document":"wavelengths at a steep slope of a compound’s spectrum. Substances with fine structures and steep slopes like benzene are very rare. In most cases the width of absorbance bands in the spectrum is more like 30 nm as with anisic acid ( Figure 22 on page 82). In most situations, a slit width of 4 nm will give the best results. Use a narrow slit (1 or 2 nm) if you want to identify compounds with fine spectral structures or if you need to quantify at high concentrations (> 1000 mAU) with a wavelength"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 129
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"structures or if you need to quantify at high concentrations (> 1000 mAU) with a wavelength at the slope of the spectrum. Signals with a wide bandwidth can be used to reduce baseline noise. Because (digital) bandwidth is computed as average of absorbance, there is no impact on linearity. Use a wide (8 nm) slit when your sample contains very small concentrations. Always use signals with bandwidth at least as wide as the slit width. \u0003'DWD\u00035DWH\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0019\u0013\u0003+]\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u00036OLW\u0003ZLGWK\u0003 \u0003\u001b\u0003QP\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u00036OLW\u0003ZLGWK\u0003","chunk_index":128,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 130
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"at least as wide as the slit width. \u0003'DWD\u00035DWH\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0019\u0013\u0003+]\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u00036OLW\u0003ZLGWK\u0003 \u0003\u001b\u0003QP\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u00036OLW\u0003ZLGWK\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0003QP\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 86 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing for Sensitivity, Selectivity, Linearity and Dispersion Optimizing Spectral Acquisition Storage of all spectra consumes a lot of disk space. It is very useful to have all spectra available during optimization of a method or when analyzing unique samples. However when running many samples of the","chunk_index":129}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 131
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":130,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"optimization of a method or when analyzing unique samples. However when running many samples of the same type, the large size of data files with all spectra may become a burden. The detector provides functions to reduce the amount of data, yet retaining the relevant spectral information. Range Only the wavelength range where the compounds in your sample absorb contains information that is useful for purity checks and library searches. Reducing the spectrum storage range saves disk space. Step"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 132
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"for purity checks and library searches. Reducing the spectrum storage range saves disk space. Step Most substances have broad absorbance bands. Display of spectra, peak purity and library search works best if a spectrum contains 5 to 10 data points per width of the absorbance bands. For anisic acid (the example used before) a step of 4 nm would be sufficient. However a step of 2 nm gives a more optimal display of the spectrum. Threshold Sets the peak detector. Only spectra from peaks higher","chunk_index":131}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 133
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":132,"chroma:document":"optimal display of the spectrum. Threshold Sets the peak detector. Only spectra from peaks higher than threshold will be stored when a peak-controlled storage mode is selected. Margin for Negative Absorbance The detector adjusts its gain during balance such that the baseline may drift slightly negative (about -100 mAU). In some special case, for example, when gradient with absorbing solvents are used, the baseline may drift to more negative values. Only for such cases, increase the margin for","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 134
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"used, the baseline may drift to more negative values. Only for such cases, increase the margin for negative absorbance to avoid overflow of the analog-to-digital converter. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Optimizing Selectivity Quantifying Coeluting Peaks by Peak Suppression In chromatography, two compounds may often elute together. A conventional dual-signal detector can only detect and quantify both compounds independently","chunk_index":133}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 135
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"A conventional dual-signal detector can only detect and quantify both compounds independently from each other if their spectra do not overlap. However, in most cases this is highly unlikely. With a dual-channel detector based on diode-array technology, quantifying two compounds is possible even when both compounds absorb over the whole wavelength range. The procedure is called peak suppression or signal subtraction. As an example, the analysis of hydrochlorothiazide in the presence of caffeine","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":134}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 136
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"signal subtraction. As an example, the analysis of hydrochlorothiazide in the presence of caffeine is described. If hydrochlorothiazide is analyzed in biological samples, there is always a risk that caffeine is present which might interfere chromatographically with hydrochlorothiazide. As the spectra in Figure 27 on page 87 shows, hydrochlorothiazide is best detected at 222 nm, where caffeine also shows significant absorbance. It would therefore be impossible, with a conventional variable","chunk_index":135,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 137
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"also shows significant absorbance. It would therefore be impossible, with a conventional variable wavelength detector, to detect hydrochlorothiazide quantitatively when caffeine is present. Figure 27 Wavelength Selection for Peak Suppression :/\u0016 :/\u0017 :/\u0015:/\u0014 :DYHOHQJWK\u0003 QP K\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH :/\u0014\u0003 \u0015\u0013\u0017\u0003QP\u000f\u0003FDIIHLQH :/\u0017\u0003 \u0015\u001b\u0015\u0003QP\u000f\u0003UHIHUHQFH\u0003WR\u0003VXSSUHVV\u0003FDIIHLQH :/\u0016\u0003 \u0015\u0019\u0013\u0003QP\u000f\u0003UHIHUHQFH\u0003WR\u0003VXSSUHVV :/\u0015\u0003 \u0015\u0015\u0015\u0003QP\u000f\u0003K\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH 88 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":136}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 138
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":137,"chroma:document":"88 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity With a UV-visible detector based on a diode array and the correct choice of a reference wavelength setting, quantitative detection is possible. To suppress caffeine, the reference wavelength must be set to 282 nm. At this wavelength, caffeine shows exactly the same absorbance as at 222 nm. When the absorbance values are subtracted from each another, any indication of the presence of"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 139
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":138,"chroma:document":"nm. When the absorbance values are subtracted from each another, any indication of the presence of caffeine is eliminated. In the same way, hydrochlorothiazide can be suppressed if caffeine is to be quantified. In this case the wavelength is set to 204 nm and the reference wavelength to 260 nm. Figure 28 on page shows the chromatographic results of the peak suppression technique. The trade-off for this procedure is a loss in sensitivity. The sample signal decreases by the absorbance at the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 140
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":139,"chroma:document":"for this procedure is a loss in sensitivity. The sample signal decreases by the absorbance at the reference wavelength relative to the signal wavelength. Sensitivity may be decreased by as much as 10–30 %. Figure 28 Peak Suppression Using Reference Wavelength 7LPH\u0003 PLQ 7LPH\u0003 PLQ :DYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0013\u0017\u0003QP 1R\u0003UHIHUHQFH +\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH DQG\u0003FDIIHLQH :DYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0015\u0015\u0003QP 1R\u0003UHIHUHQFH +\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGH DQG\u0003FDIIHLQH +\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGHVXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0013\u0017\u0003QP 5HIHUHQFH\u0003\u0015\u0019\u0013\u0003QP &DIIHLQH\u0003VXSSUHVVHG","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 141
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":140,"chroma:document":"DQG\u0003FDIIHLQH +\\GURFKORURWKLD]LGHVXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0013\u0017\u0003QP 5HIHUHQFH\u0003\u0015\u0019\u0013\u0003QP &DIIHLQH\u0003VXSSUHVVHG :DYHOHQJWK\u0003\u0015\u0015\u0015\u0003QP 5HIHUHQFH\u0003\u0015\u001b\u0015\u0003QP InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Ratio Qualifiers for Selective Detection of Compound Classes Ratio qualifiers can be used where, in a complex sample, only one particular class needs to be analyzed — a parent drug and its metabolites in a biological sample, for example. Another example is the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 142
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"— a parent drug and its metabolites in a biological sample, for example. Another example is the selective analysis of derivatives after pre- or post-column derivatization. Specifying a signal ratio that is typical for the sample class is one way of selectively plotting only those peaks that are of interest. The signal output remains at zero so long as the ratio is out of the user-specified ratio range. When the ratio falls within the range, the signal output corresponds to the normal","chunk_index":141,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 143
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":142,"chroma:document":"ratio range. When the ratio falls within the range, the signal output corresponds to the normal absorbance, giving single, clear peaks on a flat baseline. An example is shown in Figure 29 on page 89 and Figure on page 90. Figure 29 Wavelength Selection for Ratio Qualifiers R\u00107HUSKHQ\\O %LSKHQ\\O 6HOHFW\u0003\u0015\u0003FKDUDFWHULVWLF ZDYHOHQJWKV 6LJQDO\u0003 \u0003:/\u0014\u0012:/\u0015\u0003\u0015\u0013\b :DYHOHQJWK\u0003 QP :/\u0014:/\u0015 6FDOHG 90 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Figure 30"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 144
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":143,"chroma:document":"Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing Selectivity Figure 30 Selectivity by Ratio Qualifiers In a four-component mixture, only biphenyl was recorded. The other three peaks were suppressed because they did not meet the ratio-qualifier criterion and therefore the output was set to zero. The characteristic wavelengths 249 nm (λ 1) and 224 nm (λ2) were found from the spectra shown in Figure on page 89. The ratio range was set at 2 – 2.4 (2.2 ±10%). Only when the","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 145
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":144,"chroma:document":"spectra shown in Figure on page 89. The ratio range was set at 2 – 2.4 (2.2 ±10%). Only when the ratio between 249 and 224 nm was within this range, is the signal plotted. Of all four peaks, only the third fulfilled the criterion ( Figure 30 on page 90). The others were not plotted. Signals at 250 nm No selectivity Biphenyl o-Terphenyl Time (min) With ratio qualifier 249/224 nm = 3.520% InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 146
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":145,"chroma:document":"LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Delay Volume and Extra-Column Volume The delay volume is defined as the system volume between the point of mixing in the pump and the top of the column. The extra-column volume is defined as the volume between the injection point and the detection point, excluding the volume in the column. Extra-Column Volume Extra-column volume is a","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 147
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"detection point, excluding the volume in the column. Extra-Column Volume Extra-column volume is a source of peak dispersion that will reduce the resolution of the separation and so should be minimized. Smaller diameter columns require proportionally smaller extra-column volumes to keep peak dispersion at a minimum. In a liquid chromatograph the extra-column volume will depend on the connection tubing between the autosampler, column and detector; and on the volume of the flow cell in the","chunk_index":146,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 148
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"tubing between the autosampler, column and detector; and on the volume of the flow cell in the detector. The extra-column volume is minimized with the Agilent InfinityLab LC Series system due to the narrow-bore (0.12 mm i.d.) tubing, the low-volume heat exchangers in the column compartment and the flow cell in the detector. How to Configure the Optimum Delay Volume To maintain resolution in the Agilent 1290 Infinity II DAD/Agilent Infinity DAD FS the 10 mm Max-Light cartridge cell has a low","chunk_index":147}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 149
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Agilent 1290 Infinity II DAD/Agilent Infinity DAD FS the 10 mm Max-Light cartridge cell has a low dispersion volume (σ volume 1.0 μL) and no further volume optimization is required. In situations where the alternative 60 mm Max-Light high sensitivity cell is used to get higher sensitivity the cell volume is optimized for the use with 3 mm and 4.6 mm inner diameter columns. 92 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to","chunk_index":148}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 150
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System How to Achieve Higher Sensitivity The detector has a number of parameters that are used to optimize performance. The following sections describe how the detector parameters affect performance characteristics:  Flow cell affects sensitivity,  Wavelength and bandwidth affect sensitivity, selectivity and linearity,  Slit width affects sensitivity, spectral resolution and linearity, ","chunk_index":149}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 151
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"selectivity and linearity,  Slit width affects sensitivity, spectral resolution and linearity,  Peak width affects sensitivity and resolution. Flow Cell The Max-Light cartridge flow cell has a standard 10 mm path length and is optimized for minimal volume and dispersion (σ volume 1.0 μL). It has high light transmission minimizing noise to reduce noise due to the optofluidic waveguide. It is suitable for use with a wide range of analytical columns from short narrow-bore columns to long","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":150}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 152
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":151,"chroma:document":"is suitable for use with a wide range of analytical columns from short narrow-bore columns to long standard diameter (4.6 mm) columns. Generally the peak dispersion volume (calculated from peak width x flow rate) should be greater than about 2 μL for this cell (for example 0.02 min x 200 μL/min = 4 μL). The Max-Light high sensitivity cell has a path length of 60 mm and this will give between three and five times increase in signal-to-noise values depending on the application conditions. The","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 153
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":152,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"and five times increase in signal-to-noise values depending on the application conditions. The dispersion volume is fractionally increased compared to the standard cell. Wavelength and Bandwidth The detector measures absorbance simultaneously at wavelengths from 190 nm to 640 nm using diode-array detection. A UV-lamp provides good sensitivity over the whole wavelength range. The diode-array detector (DAD) can simultaneously compute and send to the data system up to eight chromatographic signals"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 154
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":153,"chroma:document":"(DAD) can simultaneously compute and send to the data system up to eight chromatographic signals and the full-range spectra at every time point. A UV chromatogram or signal is a plot of absorbance data versus time and is defined by its wavelength and bandwidth.  The wavelength indicates the center of the detection band.  The bandwidth defines the wavelength range over which the absorbance values are averaged to give the result at each time point. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 155
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":154,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"are averaged to give the result at each time point. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System For example, a signal at wavelength 250nm with a bandwidth of 16 nm will be an average of the absorbance data from 242 nm to 258 nm. Additionally, a reference wavelength and reference bandwidth can be defined for each signal. The average absorbance from the reference bandwidth centered on the reference wavelength will"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 156
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":155,"chroma:document":"The average absorbance from the reference bandwidth centered on the reference wavelength will be subtracted from its equivalent value at the signal wavelength to produce the output chromatogram. The signal wavelength and bandwidth can be chosen so that they are optimized for:  Broad band universal detection  Narrow band selective detection  Sensitivity for a specific analyte. Broad band or universal detection works by having a wide bandwidth to detect any species with absorbance in that"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 157
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"universal detection works by having a wide bandwidth to detect any species with absorbance in that range. For example, to detect all absorbing molecules between 200 nm and 300 nm set a signal at 250 nm with a bandwidth of 100 nm. The disadvantage is that sensitivity will not be optimal for any one of those molecules. Narrow band or selective detection is used most often. The UV spectrum for a particular molecule is examined and an appropriate absorbance maximum is selected. If possible, the","chunk_index":156}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 158
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":157,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"particular molecule is examined and an appropriate absorbance maximum is selected. If possible, the range where solvents absorb strongly should be avoided (below 220 nm for methanol, below 210 nm for acetonitrile). For example, in Figure 31 on page 94, anisic acid has a suitable absorbance maximum at 252 nm. A narrow bandwidth of 4 nm to 12 nm generally gives good sensitivity and is specific for absorbance in a narrow range. The narrow band can be optimized for sensitivity for a specific"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 159
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":158,"chroma:document":"for absorbance in a narrow range. The narrow band can be optimized for sensitivity for a specific molecule. As the bandwidth is increased the signal is reduced but so is the noise and there will be an optimum for best S/N. As an approximate guide, this optimum is often close to the natural bandwidth at half-height of the absorption band in the UV spectrum. In the anisic acid example this is 30 nm. The analytical wavelength is usually set at a wavelength maximum to increase sensitivity to that","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 160
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"The analytical wavelength is usually set at a wavelength maximum to increase sensitivity to that molecule. The detector is linear up to 2 AU and beyond for many applications. This offers a wide linear range for concentration. For high concentration analysis the concentration linear range can be extended by setting the wavelength to one with a lower absorbance such as a wavelength minimum or by taking a wider bandwidth which usually includes lower absorbance values. The use of wavelength maxima","chunk_index":159}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 161
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":160,"chroma:document":"a wider bandwidth which usually includes lower absorbance values. The use of wavelength maxima and minima for quantitation dates back to conventional UV detectors which because of mechanical tolerances in moving gratings needed to avoid steeply sloping parts of the spectrum. Diode-array based detectors do not have this limitation 94 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System but for reasons of convention","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 162
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System but for reasons of convention maxima and minima are chosen in preference to other parts of the spectrum. The reference bandwidth is normally set on a region of the UV spectrum in which the analyte has no absorbance. This is shown in the spectrum for anisic acid in Figure 31 on page 94. This spectrum is typical of many small molecules containing a UV chromophore. For best results the reference has been set so that it is a wide band as","chunk_index":161}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 163
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":162,"chroma:document":"a UV chromophore. For best results the reference has been set so that it is a wide band as close to the signal wavelength as possible but on a zero absorbance region. Reference bandwidths of 60 nm to 100 nm are commonly used. The default reference is 360 nm with a bandwidth of 100 nm. A wide bandwidth is used because this reduces the noise in the reference signal (from statistical theory, the error, i.e. noise in this case, is reduced by the square root of the number of determinations). It is"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 164
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"i.e. noise in this case, is reduced by the square root of the number of determinations). It is important that the reference bandwidth does not extend to a part of the spectrum that has some absorbance as this would then reduce the resulting signal and sensitivity would be reduced. The use of a reference wavelength can help to reduce drift or wander in the chromatogram caused by refractive index changes due to room temperature fluctuation or gradient operation. The effect of a reference signal","chunk_index":163}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 165
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":164,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"changes due to room temperature fluctuation or gradient operation. The effect of a reference signal can be easily tested by setting two otherwise identical signals, one with and one without a reference signal. If there is no part of the spectrum with zero absorbance then it will be better to have the reference signal turned off. Figure 31 Spectrum of Anisic Acid InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Peak"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 166
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Peak Width, Response Time and Data Collection Rate The peak width setting, response time and data rate in the detector are all linked. The available settings are shown in Table 13 on page 96 and in Table on page 97. It is important to set this correctly for optimum sensitivity and to preserve the resolution achieved in the separation. The detector internally acquires data points faster than is needed","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":165}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 167
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":166,"chroma:document":"achieved in the separation. The detector internally acquires data points faster than is needed for a chromatogram and processes them to produce the signal seen by the data system. Part of the processing reduces the data to an appropriate data rate which allows the chromatographic peaks to be accurately drawn. As with most analytical determinations groups of readings are effectively averaged to reduce error in the result. The detector bunches raw data points and produces the output signal data"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 168
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":167,"chroma:document":"error in the result. The detector bunches raw data points and produces the output signal data at the required data collection rate by an electronic filtering process. If the resulting data rate is too slow (over filtering) the peak heights will be reduced and the resolution between them reduced; too fast and the data is noisier than it need be to accurately profile narrow peaks. The peak width setting in the detector allows the user to correctly set these parameters without needing any"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 169
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"width setting in the detector allows the user to correctly set these parameters without needing any knowledge other than sight of the chromatogram integration results to see how wide the peaks are. The peak width setting should be set for the narrowest peak width observed in the chromatogram. If it is set too wide it will make the peaks appear lower in height and wider (and potentially less resolved) and if it is set too narrow it will increase the baseline noise unnecessarily. Essentially the","chunk_index":168,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 170
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"and if it is set too narrow it will increase the baseline noise unnecessarily. Essentially the software uses this value to set the data collection rate such that it collects enough data points over the narrowest peaks and it is aiming for 15 to 25 points across a peak. The 1290 Infinity DAD can collect at a maximum up to 240 Hz if required which would allow enough data points to be collected over a peak that is only 0.1 s wide. The response time setting is another way of indicating how this","chunk_index":169,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 171
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"a peak that is only 0.1 s wide. The response time setting is another way of indicating how this filtering is set. It is measured in seconds and is about one-third of the peak width value (which is measured in minutes). It effectively shows how quickly the plotted signal responds to a step change in the input signal. NOTE The full spectra is not available under all conditions. Based on the data points, the scan data rate is reduced, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. 96 InfinityLab","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":170}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 172
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"the scan data rate is reduced, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. 96 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Table 13 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117B) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Signal data rate [Hz] Scan data rate [HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data","chunk_index":171}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 173
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"[HZ] ≤126 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate [HZ] >501 pts/scan < 0.00078125 0.0078125 240 240 80 40 > 0.00078125 0.015625 240 240 80 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 160 160 80 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 1 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125","chunk_index":172,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 174
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Optimizing the Detector Regarding to the System Table 14 Peak Width — Response Time — Data Rate (G7117A/G7117C) Peak width at half height [min]1 1 Values in the User Interface may be rounded. Response [s] Scan data rate[Hz] ≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625","chunk_index":173}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 175
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":174,"chroma:document":"≤251 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] ≤501 pts/scan Scan data rate[Hz] > pts/scan < 0.0015625 0.015625 120 120 40 > 0.0015625 0.03125 120 120 40 > 0.003125 0.0625 80 80 40 > 0.00625 0.125 40 40 40 > 0.0125 0.25 20 20 20 > 0.025 0.5 10 10 10 > 0 . 0 5 > 0.1 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 > 0.2 4 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.4 8 0.625 0.625 0.625 0.625 > 0.85 16 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 0.3125 NOTE The maximum spectra scan rate depends on the data points per scan, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. Running at","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 176
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":175,"chroma:document":"depends on the data points per scan, see Table 13 on page 96 and Table 14 on page 97. Running at 240, the spectra scan data rate is reduced automatically if the spectra scan data rate is more than 251 points/scan. 98 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector Warm up of the Detector Give the optical unit enough time to warm-up and stabilize (> 60 minutes). The detector is temperature controlled. After turn-on of the detector, it"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 177
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"stabilize (> 60 minutes). The detector is temperature controlled. After turn-on of the detector, it goes through a cycle of different states:  0 to 0.5 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 0 % duty cycle.  0.5 to 1 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 66% duty cycle. This first minute is used as self-test of the heater functionality.  1 to 30 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 40% duty cycle.  After 30","chunk_index":176}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 178
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":177,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"1 to 30 minutes the heater control is OFF and the heater element runs at 40% duty cycle.  After 30 minutes the heater control is ON and is working with optimized parameters to get the optical unit into the optimal temperature window stabilized. This cycle starts  when the detector is turned off/on  when the lamp is turned off/on to ensure that the temperature control operates in a defined control range. The figures below show the first two hours of a detector warm-up phase. The lamp was"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 179
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":178,"chroma:document":"control range. The figures below show the first two hours of a detector warm-up phase. The lamp was turned on immediately after turn on of the detector. NOTE The times to stabilize the baseline may vary from instrument to instrument and depends on the environment. The example below was done under stable environmental conditions. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector Figure 32 Detector Warm-up – 1st hour Figure 33 Detector Warm-up","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 180
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Detector Warm up of the Detector Figure 32 Detector Warm-up – 1st hour Figure 33 Detector Warm-up – 2nd hour 100 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 5 Optimizing the Detector Warm up of the Detector InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Available Tests vs User Interfaces Agilent Lab Advisor Software Overview about the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 102 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":179}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 181
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Overview about the troubleshooting and diagnostic features. 102 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Available Tests vs User Interfaces Available Tests vs User Interfaces  Preferred tool should be the Agilent Lab Advisor software, see “Agilent Lab Advisor Software” on page 103.  Screenshots used within these procedures are based on the Agilent Lab Advisor software. NOTE Depending on the used interface, the available tests and the","chunk_index":180,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 182
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":181,"chroma:document":"the Agilent Lab Advisor software. NOTE Depending on the used interface, the available tests and the screens/reports may vary. Preferred tool should be the Agilent Lab Advisor, see “Agilent Lab Advisor Software” on page 103. Agilent Lab Advisor B.02.08 or later is required. The Instant Pilot (G4208A) supports the G7117A/B with B.02.19 and the G7117C with B.02.20 or later. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software Agilent","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 183
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Array Detectors User Manual Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software Agilent Lab Advisor Software The Agilent Lab Advisor Software is a standalone product that can be used with or without a chromatographic data system. Agilent Lab Advisor helps to manage the lab for high-quality chromatographic results by providing a detailed system overview of all connected analytical instruments with instrument status, Early Maintenance Feedback counters (EMF), instrument configuration","chunk_index":182}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 184
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"with instrument status, Early Maintenance Feedback counters (EMF), instrument configuration information, and diagnostic tests. By the push of a button, a detailed diagnostic report can be generated. Upon request, the user can send this report to Agilent for a significantly improved troubleshooting and repair process. The Agilent Lab Advisor software is available in two versions:  Lab Advisor Basic  Lab Advisor Advanced Lab Advisor Basic is included with every Agilent 1200 Infinity Series and","chunk_index":183}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 185
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":" Lab Advisor Advanced Lab Advisor Basic is included with every Agilent 1200 Infinity Series and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instruments. The Lab Advisor Advanced features can be unlocked by purchasing a license key, and include real-time monitoring of instrument actuals, all various instrument signals, and state machines. In addition, all diagnostic test results, calibration results, and acquired signal data can be uploaded to a shared network folder. The Review Client included in Lab","chunk_index":184}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 186
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"acquired signal data can be uploaded to a shared network folder. The Review Client included in Lab Advisor Advanced allows to load and examine the uploaded data no matter on which instrument it was generated. This makes Data Sharing an ideal tool for internal support groups and users who want to track the instrument history of their analytical systems. The optional Agilent Maintenance Wizard Add-on provides an easy-to-use, step-by-step multimedia guide for performing preventive maintenance on","chunk_index":185}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 187
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"provides an easy-to-use, step-by-step multimedia guide for performing preventive maintenance on Agilent 1200 Infinity and Agilent InfinityLab LC Series instruments. The tests and diagnostic features that are provided by the Agilent Lab Advisor software may differ from the descriptions in this manual. For details, refer to the Agilent Lab Advisor software help files. 104 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software","chunk_index":186}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 188
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 6 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics Agilent Lab Advisor Software InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Error Information What Are Error Messages General Error Messages Timeout Shutdown Remote Timeout Lost CAN Partner Leak Sensor Short Leak Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Open Compensation Sensor Short Fan Failed Leak Open Cover Cover Violation ERI Messages Detector Error Messages Diode Current Leakage UV Lamp Current UV","chunk_index":187}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 189
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Cover Cover Violation ERI Messages Detector Error Messages Diode Current Leakage UV Lamp Current UV Lamp Voltage UV Ignition Failed UV Heater Current Calibration Values Invalid Wavelength Recalibration Lost Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main Board Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air Inlet Heater at fan assembly failed Heater Power At Limit This chapter describes the meaning of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover","chunk_index":188,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 190
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":189,"chroma:document":"of error messages, and provides information on probable causes and suggested actions how to recover from error conditions. 106 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information What Are Error Messages What Are Error Messages Error messages are displayed in the user interface when an electronic, mechanical, or hydraulic (flow path) failure occurs which requires attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 191
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"attention before the analysis can be continued (for example, repair, or exchange of consumables is necessary). In the event of such a failure, the red status indicator at the front of the module is switched on, and an entry is written into the module logbook. If an error occurs outside a method run, other modules will not be informed about this error. If it occurs within a method run, all connected modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the","chunk_index":190,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 192
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":191,"chroma:document":"modules will get a notification, all LEDs get red and the run will be stopped. Depending on the module type, this stop is implemented differently. For example, for a pump the flow will be stopped for safety reasons. For a detector, the lamp will stay on in order to avoid equilibration time. Depending on the error type, the next run can only be started, if the error has been resolved, for example liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 193
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":192,"chroma:document":"liquid from a leak has been dried. Errors for presumably single time events can be recovered by switching on the system in the user interface. Special handling is done in case of a leak. As a leak is a potential safety issue and may have occurred at a different module from where it has been observed, a leak always causes a shutdown of all modules, even outside a method run. In all cases, error propagation is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 194
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"is done via the CAN bus or via an APG/ERI remote cable (see documentation for the APG/ERI interface). InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages General Error Messages General error messages are generic to all Agilent series HPLC modules and may show up on other modules as well. Timeout Error ID: The timeout threshold was exceeded. Shutdown Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module","chunk_index":193,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 195
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Error ID: An external instrument has generated a shutdown signal on the remote line. The module continually monitors the remote input connectors for status signals. A LOW signal input on pin 4 of the remote connector generates the error message. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The analysis was completed successfully, and the timeout function switched off the module as requested. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":194}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 196
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 2 A not-ready condition was present during a sequence or multiple-injection run for a period longer than the timeout threshold. Check the logbook for the occurrence and source of a not-ready condition. Restart the analysis where required. 108 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present","chunk_index":195}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 197
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":196,"chroma:document":"Information General Error Messages Remote Timeout Error ID: A not-ready condition is still present on the remote input. When an analysis is started, the system expects all not-read y conditions (for example, a not-ready condition during detector balance) to switch to run conditions within one minute of starting the analysis. If a not-ready condition is still present on the remote line after one minute the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 198
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"minute the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak detected in another module with a CAN connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 2 Leak detected in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Fix the leak in the external instrument before restarting the module. 3 Shut-down in an external instrument with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4","chunk_index":197}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 199
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"with a remote connection to the system. Check external instruments for a shut-down condition. 4 The degasser failed to generate sufficient vacuum for solvent degassing. Check the vacuum degasser for an error condition. Refer to the Service Manual for the degasser or the pump that has the degasser built-in. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Not-ready condition in one of the instruments connected to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly,","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":198}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 200
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"to the remote line. Ensure the instrument showing the not-ready condition is installed correctly, and is set up correctly for analysis. 2 Defective remote cable. Exchange the remote cable. 3 Defective components in the instrument showing the not-ready condition. Check the instrument for defects (refer to the instrument’s documentation). InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal","chunk_index":199,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 201
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Information General Error Messages Lost CAN Partner Error ID: During an analysis, the internal synchronization or communication between one or more of the modules in the system has failed. The system processors continually monitor the system configuration. If one or more of the modules is no longer recognized as being connected to the system, the error message is generated. Leak Sensor Short Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor","chunk_index":200,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 202
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (short circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 CAN cable disconnected.  Ensure all the CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":201}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 203
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":202,"chroma:document":"CAN cables are connected correctly.  Ensure all CAN cables are installed correctly. 2 Defective CAN cable. Exchange the CAN cable. 3 Defective main board in another module. Switch off the system. Restart the system, and determine which module or modules are not recognized by the system. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 204
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":203,"chroma:document":"2 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. 110 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Sensor Open Error ID: The leak sensor in the module has failed (open circuit). The current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 205
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"current through the leak sensor is dependent on temperature. A leak is detected when solvent cools the leak sensor, causing the leak-sensor current to change within defined limits. If the current falls outside the lower limit, the error message is generated. Compensation Sensor Open Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is","chunk_index":204}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 206
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor increases above the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Leak sensor not connected to the Power Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":205}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 207
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":206,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Switch board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective leak sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Leak sensor incorrectly routed, being pinched by a metal component. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Power switch assembly defective Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 208
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Compensation Sensor Short Error ID: The ambient-compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor","chunk_index":207}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 209
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":208,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"in the module has failed (open circuit). The resistance across the temperature compensation sensor (NTC) on the power switch board is dependent on ambient temperature. The change in resistance is used by the leak circuit to compensate for ambient temperature changes. If the resistance across the sensor falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Fan Failed Error ID: The cooling fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 210
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"fan in the module has failed. The hall sensor on the fan shaft is used by the main board to monitor the fan speed. If the fan speed falls below a certain limit for a certain length of time, the error message is generated. Depending on the module, assemblies (e.g. the lamp in the detector) are turned off to assure that the module does not overheat inside. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Loose connection","chunk_index":209}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 211
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":210,"chroma:document":"power switch assembly Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Loose connection between the power switch board and the main board Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Fan cable disconnected. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective fan. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 112 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 212
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"contact your Agilent service representative. 112 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information General Error Messages Leak Error ID: A leak was detected in the module. The signals from the two temperature sensors (leak sensor and board-mounted temperature-compensation sensor) are used by the leak algorithm to determine whether a leak is present. When a leak occurs, the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":211}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 213
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":212,"chroma:document":"the leak sensor is cooled by the solvent. This changes the resistance of the leak sensor which is sensed by the leak-sensor circuit on the main board. Open Cover Error ID: The top foam has been removed. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Loose fittings. Ensure all fittings are tight. 2 Broken capillary. Exchange defective capillaries. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Foam not activating the sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective sensor or main board. Please"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 214
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":213,"chroma:document":"Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective sensor or main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information General Error Messages Cover Violation Error ID: The top foam has been removed. The sensor on the main board detects when the top foam is in place. If the foam is removed while the lamps are on (or if an attempt is made to switch on for example the lamps with the foam removed), the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 215
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"are on (or if an attempt is made to switch on for example the lamps with the foam removed), the lamps are switched off, and the error message is generated. ERI Messages Error ID: 11120 (+5 V) , 11121 (+25 V) The ERI (Enhanced Remote Interface) provides two error events related to over current situations on the +5 V and +24 V lines. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The top foam was removed during operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the sensor.","chunk_index":214}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 216
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":215,"chroma:document":"operation. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Foam not activating the sensor. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The load on the ERI is too high. Reduce the load. 114 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Detector Error Messages These errors are detector specific. Diode Current Leakage Error ID: When the detector is switched on, the processor checks the leakage"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 217
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":216,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Diode Current Leakage Error ID: When the detector is switched on, the processor checks the leakage current of each of the optical diodes. If the leakage current exceeds the upper limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 218
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Lamp Current Error ID: The UV lamp current is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode current drawn by the lamp during operation. If the anode current falls below the lower current limit, the error message is generated. UV Lamp Voltage Error ID: The UV lamp anode voltage is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode voltage across the lamp during","chunk_index":217,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 219
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":218,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"voltage is missing. The processor continually monitors the anode voltage across the lamp during operation. If the anode voltage falls below the lower limit, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the UV lamp connector is seated firmly. 2 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 3 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 220
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":219,"chroma:document":"your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 116 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Ignition Failed","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 221
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Ignition Failed Error ID: The UV lamp failed to ignite. The processor monitors the UV lamp current during the ignition cycle. If the lamp current does not rise above the lower limit within 2 – 5 seconds, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp too hot. Hot gas discharge lamps may not ignite as easily as cold lamps. Switch off the lamp and allow it to cool down for at least 15","chunk_index":220}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 222
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"not ignite as easily as cold lamps. Switch off the lamp and allow it to cool down for at least 15 minutes. 2 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the lamp is connected. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Heater Current","chunk_index":221,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 223
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":222,"chroma:document":"Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages UV Heater Current Error ID: The UV lamp heater current is missing. During UV lamp ignition, the processor monitors the heater current. If the current does not rise above the lower limit within one second, the error message is generated. Calibration Values Invalid Error ID: The calibration values read from the spectrometer ROM are invalid. After recalibration, the calibration values are stored in ROM. The processor","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 224
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"ROM are invalid. After recalibration, the calibration values are stored in ROM. The processor periodically checks if the calibration data are valid. If the data are invalid or cannot be read from the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Lamp disconnected. Ensure the UV lamp is connected. 2 Ignition started without the top foam in place. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV","chunk_index":223}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 225
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":224,"chroma:document":"your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective UV lamp or non-Agilent lamp. Exchange the UV lamp. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective power supply. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 118 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 226
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":225,"chroma:document":"unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 118 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Wavelength Recalibration Lost Error ID: The calibration information needed for your detector to operate correctly has been lost. During calibration of the detector the calibration values are stored in ROM. If no data is available in the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 227
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":226,"chroma:document":"the spectrometer ROM, the error message is generated. Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor on Main Board Error ID: This temperature sensor (located on the detector main board) delivered a value outside the allowed range. The parameter of this event equals the measured temperature in 1/100 centigrade. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The detector is new. Recalibrate the detector. 2 The detector has been repaired. Please contact your Agilent"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 228
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"is new. Recalibrate the detector. 2 The detector has been repaired. Please contact your Agilent service representative. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective sensor or main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Detector is exposed to illegal ambient conditions. Verify that the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":227}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 229
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":228,"chroma:document":"User Manual Error Information Detector Error Messages Illegal Temperature Value from Sensor at Air Inlet Error ID: This temperature sensor delivered a value outside the allowed range. The parameter of this event equals the measured temperature in 1/100 centigrade. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Heater at fan assembly failed Error ID: Every time the deuterium lamp or the tungsten lamp (DAD only) is switched on or off a heater self-test is performed. If the test fails an"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 230
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"lamp (DAD only) is switched on or off a heater self-test is performed. If the test fails an error event is created. As a result the temperature control is switched off. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 The temperature sensor is defect.  Replace the cable to the main board.  Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Detector is exposed to illegal ambient conditions. Verify that the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective","chunk_index":229}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 231
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"the ambient conditions are within the allowed range. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective connector or cable. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 2 Defective heater. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 120 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 7 Error Information Detector Error Messages Heater Power At Limit Error ID: The available power of the heater reached either the upper or lower limit. This event is sent only once per run. The","chunk_index":230,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 232
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":231,"chroma:document":"of the heater reached either the upper or lower limit. This event is sent only once per run. The parameter determines which limit has been hit: 0 means upper power limit hit (excessive ambient temperature drop). 1 means lower power limit hit (excessive ambient temperature increase). Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Excessive ambient temperature change. Wait until temperature control equilibrates. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Test Functions and"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 233
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Conditions of Detector Failing a Test Self-Test Intensity Test Test Failed Cell Test Test Failed (low ratio value) Quick Noise Test Test Failed ASTM Drift and Noise Test Test Failed Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B) Test Failed Slit Test (G7117A/G7117C) Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails D/A","chunk_index":232}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 234
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails D/A Converter (DAC) Test Test Evaluation Dark Current Test Test Failed Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early Maintenance Feature This chapter describes the tests for the module. 122 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Introduction All tests are described based on the Agilent Lab Advisor Software B.02.08. Other user interfaces may not provide","chunk_index":233}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 235
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":234,"chroma:document":"described based on the Agilent Lab Advisor Software B.02.08. Other user interfaces may not provide any test or just a few. For details on the use of the interface refer to the interface documentation. The Lab Advisor shows the available test under Service & Diagnostics. Table 15 Interfaces and available test functions Interface Comment Available Function Agilent Lab Advisor For functions, refer to Function Overview Lab Advisor  G7117A(Table 16 on page 123) Available functions depend on Product","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 236
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":235,"chroma:document":"Function Overview Lab Advisor  G7117A(Table 16 on page 123) Available functions depend on Product Level (Basic – Advanced – FSE) Agilent ChemStation No tests available Adding of temperature/lamp signals to chromatographic signals possible  Temperature main board  Temperature optical unit  Lamp anode voltage InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 237
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":236,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Introduction Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level Tests - ASTM Drift and Noise Test Basic Advanced - Cell Test Basic Advanced - D/A Converter Test Basic Advanced - Dark Current Test Basic Advanced - Intensity Test Basic Advanced - Quick Noise Test Basic Advanced - Self Test Basic Advanced - Slit Test (G7117B only) Basic Advanced - Wavelength Verification Test Basic Advanced Calibrations - Wavelength Calibration Basic Advanced Tools"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 238
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Verification Test Basic Advanced Calibrations - Wavelength Calibration Basic Advanced Tools - Diagnostic Buffers Basic Advanced - Module Info Basic Advanced - Test Chromatogram Basic Advanced - Spectral Scan Basic Advanced Controls - Advanced Method Parameters 2 lamp required Advanced - Analog Output 1 Attenuation Advanced - Analog Output 1 Offset [% Full Scale] Advanced - Configuration - Remote Pulse Duration [s] * Basic Advanced - Analog Output 1 Range Advanced 124 InfinityLab LC Series Diod","chunk_index":237}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 239
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Pulse Duration [s] * Basic Advanced - Analog Output 1 Range Advanced 124 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction - Control - UV Lamp Basic Advanced - Balance Detector Advanced - Conversions - G7117B allows G7117A, G4212A, G4212B Basic Advanced - 7117A allows G4212B Basic Advanced - G7117C allows G4212B Basic Advanced - Method Parameters - Set Signal C Advanced - Set Signal B Advanced - Set Signal A Advanced - Set Data Rate [Hz]","chunk_index":238}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 240
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"- Set Signal C Advanced - Set Signal B Advanced - Set Signal A Advanced - Set Data Rate [Hz] Advanced - Module Information - Identify Module Basic Advanced - Special Commands - Lamp tag required Basic Advanced - Clear Error Basic Advanced - Cell tag required Basic Advanced - Detector Reset Basic Advanced Actuals - Signal A [mAU] Advanced Statemachines - UV Lamp Basic Advanced Signals - Signal A [mAU] Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions","chunk_index":239}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 241
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":240,"chroma:document":"Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Introduction - Lamp Voltage [V] Advanced - Board Temperature [°C] Advanced - Optical Temperature [°C] Advanced EMF Counters - Accumulated UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced - Number of UV Lamp Ignitions Basic Advanced - Current UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 242
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":241,"chroma:document":"Basic Advanced - Current UV Lamp On-Time Basic Advanced Table 16 Function Overview Lab Advisor Basic/Advanced (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) Functions Product Level 126 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Introduction Figure 34 The Lab Advisor shows the available test InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell The Max-Light Cartridge","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 243
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Use of Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell The Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell is recommended to be used for several tests instead of the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) or the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V( σ) = 4 μL) because it allows running the test(s) without any influence of the rest of th e system (degasser, pump, sampler and others). The results of the test cell are comparable with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) filled","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":242}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 244
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"of the test cell are comparable with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) = 1 μL) filled with water, e.g. Intensity Profile. Only the Absorbance value is higher on the Max-Light Cartridge Cell. If the profile of the Max-Light Cartridge Cell differs in the low UV range, then absorbing solvents are in the cell and should be flushed out. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. Below table gives an idea on the signal height variation of the Max-Light Cartridge Cells","chunk_index":243}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 245
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":244,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"page 170. Below table gives an idea on the signal height variation of the Max-Light Cartridge Cells compared to Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. NOTE When using the Max-Light Cartridge Cell for tests/calibrations, it should be run at 0.5 mL/min constant flow with water. This assures that the light path is always flushed. Table 17 Max-Light Cartridge Cells compared to Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Part Number Description Signal Height (typical) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell 100 %"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 246
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":245,"chroma:document":"Part Number Description Signal Height (typical) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell 100 % G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell 10 mmV( σ) = 1 µL ~ 100 % G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell 60 mmV( σ) = 4 µL ~ 100 % G4212-60032 Max-Light Cartridge Cell HDR (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) 100 % G4212-60017 Max-Light Cartridge Cell ULD (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 100 % 128 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Conditions of Detector Conditions of Detector"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 247
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Conditions of Detector Conditions of Detector The test usually should be performed with a detector turned on for at least one hour, so that the temperature regulation of the optical unit is working (not active during the first 30 minutes after turn on). If the detector is on, tests can be performed usually 10 minutes after the UV-lamp has been turned on. Failing a Test If a test fails with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell repeat the test with the","chunk_index":246,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 248
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"on. Failing a Test If a test fails with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell repeat the test with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare. If the test fails also, then start with proposed actions mentioned in the details of the tests. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Self-Test Self-Test The self-test runs a series of individual tests (described on the next pages), and evaluates the results automatically. The following tests are run:  Slit","chunk_index":247,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 249
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"on the next pages), and evaluates the results automatically. The following tests are run:  Slit Test (G7117B only)  Dark Current Test  Intensity Test  Wavelength Verification Test  ASTM Noise Test, a simplified version of the ASTM Drift and Noise Test (without testing the Drift) When For complete detector check. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  For noise","chunk_index":248,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 250
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":249,"chroma:document":"1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  For noise test a longer warm-up time may be required (> 2 hours).  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 130 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Self-Test 1 Run the Self-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 35 Self-Test – Results Under the tab"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 251
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":250,"chroma:document":"further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 35 Self-Test – Results Under the tab Signals you can find the detailed signals from the tests. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Intensity Test The intensity test measures the intensity of the UV-lamp over the full wavelength range (190 - 640 nm). Four spectral ranges are used to evaluate the intensity spectrum. The test is used to determine the performance of the","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 252
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":251,"chroma:document":"are used to evaluate the intensity spectrum. The test is used to determine the performance of the lamp and optics (see also “Cell Test” on page 134). When the test is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B only). On the G7117A/G7117C, the 4 nm fixed slit is used. To eliminate effects due to absorbing solvents, the test should be done with water in the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The shape of the intensity spectrum is"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 253
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":252,"chroma:document":"Cartridge Cell or with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The shape of the intensity spectrum is primarily dependent on the lamp, grating, and diode array characteristics. Therefore, intensity spectra will differ slightly between instruments. When In case of UV-lamp problem (drift, noise). Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. 132 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 254
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":253,"chroma:document":"Cell Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. 132 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test 1 Run the Intensity-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 36 Intensity Test – Results Figure 37 Intensity Test – Signals InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Test Failed Intensity Test Evaluation Probable"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 255
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":254,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Manual Test Functions and Calibration Intensity Test Test Failed Intensity Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell.  Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles.  Repeat test with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare results. 2 Incorrect calibration Recalibrate and repeat the test. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell. Run the cell test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 256
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":255,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"flow cell. Run the cell test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Dirty or contaminated optical components. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 6 Defect optical unit. If the test fails with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and new UV-lamp, please contact your Agilent service representative. NOTE If only one range fails and the application does not require this range, the lamp may"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 257
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"NOTE If only one range fails and the application does not require this range, the lamp may not be changed. 134 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test Cell Test The cell test measures the intensity of the UV-lamp over the full wavelength range (190 - 690 nm), once with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell installed, and once with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. The resulting intensity ratio is a measure of the amount of light absorbed by","chunk_index":256,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 258
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":257,"chroma:document":"Cartridge Test Cell. The resulting intensity ratio is a measure of the amount of light absorbed by the Max-Light Cartridge flow cell. The test can be used to check for dirty or contaminated flow cell windows. When the test is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B only). On the G7117A/G7117C, the 4 nm fixed slit is used. This test should be performed initially with a new detector/flow cell. The values should be kept for later reference/comparison. When In case","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 259
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":258,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"a new detector/flow cell. The values should be kept for later reference/comparison. When In case of low intensity or noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test 1 Run"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 260
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":259,"chroma:document":"LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test 1 Run the Cell-Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 38 Cell Test – Results Figure 39 Cell Test – Signals (example shows low intensity for flow cell) 136 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Cell Test Test Failed (low ratio value) Cell Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 261
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Test Failed (low ratio value) Cell Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 2 Dirty or contaminated flow cell. Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test Quick Noise Test The quick noise test measures the noise of the","chunk_index":260}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 262
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"and Calibration Quick Noise Test Quick Noise Test The quick noise test measures the noise of the detector, with Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with Max-Light Cartri dge Test Cell installed, in one minute intervals over a total of 5 minutes. The noise of the detector is calculated by using the maximum amplitude for all random variations of the detector signal of frequencies greater than one cycle per hour. The noise is determined for 5 one minute intervals and is based on the accumulated","chunk_index":261,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 263
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":262,"chroma:document":"cycle per hour. The noise is determined for 5 one minute intervals and is based on the accumulated peak-to-peak noise for the intervals. At least seven data points per cycles are used in the calculation. The cycles in the noise determination are not overlapping. If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 264
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":263,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Detector and UV-lamp must be on for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization times.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 138 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 265
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test 1 Run the Quick Noise Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 40 Quick Noise Test – Results Figure 41 Quick Noise Test – Signal InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Quick Noise Test Test Failed Quick Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow","chunk_index":264}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 266
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":265,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow detector and UV-lamp turned on for at least 2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell.  Flush flow cell.  Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 140 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 267
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":266,"chroma:document":"170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 140 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test ASTM Drift and Noise Test The ASTM noise test determines the detector noise over a period of 20 minutes. The test is done with installed Max-Light Cartridge Cell or Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. This test does also check for the drift. It is also part of the “Self Test” (without checking for the drift). If the test is performed with"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 268
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":267,"chroma:document":"It is also part of the “Self Test” (without checking for the drift). If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When In case of noise and drift problem. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Detector and UV-lamp must be on for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 269
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":268,"chroma:document":"for at least 2 hours.  ASTM measurements based on specifications may require longer stabilization times.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test 1 Run the ASTM Drift and Noise Test with Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 42 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Results Figure 43 ASTM Drift"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 270
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":269,"chroma:document":"Online-Help of user interface). Figure 42 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Results Figure 43 ASTM Drift and Noise Test – Signal 142 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration ASTM Drift and Noise Test Test Failed ASTM Noise Test Evaluation Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Insufficient lamp warm-up time. Allow detector and UV-lamp turned on for at least 2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water,","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 271
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"2 hours. 2 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in flow cell. Ensure the flow cell is filled with water, and free from air bubbles. 3 Dirty or contaminated flow cell.  Flush flow cell.  Clean the flow cell as described in “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. 4 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 5 Environment not according to specifications. Improve environment. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B)","chunk_index":270}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 272
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":271,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Slit Test Slit Test (G7117B) The slit test verifies correct operation of the micromechanical slit. During the test, the slit is moved through all slit positions while the detector monitors the lamp intensity change. When the slit position is changed, the intensity drop (move to smaller slit) or intensity increase (move to larger slit) must be within a defined range. If the intensity changes are outside the expected range, the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 273
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":272,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"slit) must be within a defined range. If the intensity changes are outside the expected range, the test fails. When In case of problems. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (filled with water) OR 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. 144 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test 1"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 274
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test 1 Run the Slit Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 44 Slit Test – Results Figure 45 Slit Test – Signal InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Slit Test Test Failed Slit Test Evaluation Slit Test (G7117A/G7117C) There is no dedicated slit test for the G7117A/G7117C. To verify the proper function","chunk_index":273,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 275
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"There is no dedicated slit test for the G7117A/G7117C. To verify the proper function perform the following tests:  Intensity Test (tests the normal position)  Dark Current Test (tests the dark position) Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Air bubble in Max-Light Cartridge Cell. Flush the flow cell or use the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell. 2 Old lamp. Run the “Intensity Test”. Exchange the lamp if old or defective. 3 Defective slit assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4","chunk_index":274}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 276
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"old or defective. 3 Defective slit assembly. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 4 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 5 Defective optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 146 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Verification Test Wavelength Verification Test The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the UV-lamp","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":275}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 277
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Test The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the UV-lamp for wavelength calibration. The sharp emission lines enable accurate calibration. When verification is started, the 1-nm slit is moved into the light path automatically. The test is run with the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell installed. If the test is performed with the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When The","chunk_index":276}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 278
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Cartridge Test Cell, the test results are not influenced by solvent or pump effects. When The detector is calibrated at the factory, and under normal operating conditions should not require recalibration. However, it is advisable to recalibrate:  after repair of components in the optical unit,  after exchange of the optical unit or main board,  after replacing the Max-Light Cartridge Cell or UV-lamp,  after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular","chunk_index":277,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 279
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":" after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for example, prior to an Operational Qualification/Performance Verification procedure), and  when chromatographic results indicate the detector may require recalibration. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell or 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell Preparations  Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of","chunk_index":278}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 280
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":" Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Verification Test 1 Run the Wavelength Verification Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 46 Wavelength Verification – Results 148 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions","chunk_index":279}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 281
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":280,"chroma:document":"– Results 148 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Calibration The detector uses the alpha (656.1 nm) and beta (486 nm) emission lines of the deuterium lamp for wavelength calibration. The sharp emission lines enable more accurate calibration than is possible with holmium oxide. When recalibration is started, the 1 nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B). The gain is set to zero. On","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 282
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":281,"chroma:document":"the 1 nm slit is moved into the light path automatically (G7117B). The gain is set to zero. On completion of the scan, the alpha- and beta-line deviations (in nm) are displayed. These values indicate how far the detector calibration deviates from the actual positions of the alpha and beta emission lines. After calibration, the deviation is zero. To eliminate effects due to absorbing solvents, install the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell before starting the test. When The detector is calibrated at"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 283
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":282,"chroma:document":"the Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell before starting the test. When The detector is calibrated at the factory, and under normal operating conditions should not require recalibration. However, it is advisable to recalibrate:  after maintenance (flow cell or UV-lamp),  after repair of components in the optical unit,  after exchange of the optical unit or main board,  after significant environmental condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 284
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"condition changes (temperature, humidity),  at a regular interval, at least once per year (for example, prior to an Operational Qualification/Performance Verification procedure), and  when chromatographic results indicate the detector may require recalibration. Parts required # Description 1 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell or 1 Max-Light Cartridge Cell Preparations  Detector/lamp must be on for more than 1 hour.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is","chunk_index":283}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 285
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"more than 1 hour.  When using a Max-Light Cartridge Cell a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min with water is required. NOTE If the detector is operated in a lab environment that differs at average from the final test environment (25 °C) then the detector should be recalibrated for this temperature. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration 1 Run the Wavelength Calibration with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see","chunk_index":284}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 286
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":285,"chroma:document":"1 Run the Wavelength Calibration with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 47 Wavelength Calibration - Results If you select No, the test is aborted. If you select Yes, the re-calibration is performed (the offset is corrected). NOTE If the detector was repaired (opened covers), the wavelength calibration can be done 10 minutes after lamp on. A final wavelength calibration should be repeated after complete warm-up of the detector. 150","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 287
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"on. A final wavelength calibration should be repeated after complete warm-up of the detector. 150 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Wavelength Calibration Wavelength Recalibration Fails Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Absorbing solvent or air bubble in Max-Light Cartridge Cell. Repeat calibration with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and compare results. 2 Dirty or contaminated Max-Light Cartridge Cell.  Ensure the Max-Light Cartridge","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":286}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 288
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"compare results. 2 Dirty or contaminated Max-Light Cartridge Cell.  Ensure the Max-Light Cartridge Cell is filled with water.  Recalibrate. 3 Old UV-lamp. Exchange the UV-lamp. 4 Dirty or contaminated optical components. Run the Cell Test. If the test fails, flush the flow cell. See also “Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 170. NOTE If the test fails with Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell and new UV-lamp, the optical unit must be replaced. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User","chunk_index":287}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 289
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"new UV-lamp, the optical unit must be replaced. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test D/A Converter (DAC) Test The detector provides analog output of chromatographic signals for use with integrators, chart recorders or data sy stems. The analog signal is converted from the digital format by the digital-analog-converter (DAC). The DAC test is used to verify correct operation of the digital-analog-converter by applying a","chunk_index":288}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 290
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":289,"chroma:document":"The DAC test is used to verify correct operation of the digital-analog-converter by applying a digital test signal to the DAC. The DAC outputs an analog signal of approximately 50 mV (if the zero offset of the analog output is set to the default value of 5 %) which can be plotted on an integrator. A continuous square wave with an amplitude of 10 μV and a frequency of approximately 1 cycle/24 seconds is applied to the signal. The amplitude of the square wave and the peak-to-peak noise are used"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 291
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":290,"chroma:document":"is applied to the signal. The amplitude of the square wave and the peak-to-peak noise are used to evaluate the DAC test. When If the analog detector signal is noisy or missing. Preparations Lamp must be on for at least 10 minutes. Connect integrator, chart recorder or data system to the detector analog output. 152 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test 1 Run the D/A Converter (DAC) Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 292
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":291,"chroma:document":"D/A Converter (DAC) Test 1 Run the D/A Converter (DAC) Test with the Agilent Lab Advisor (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 48 D/A Converter (DAC) Test – Results Figure 49 D/A Converter (DAC) Test – Example of Integrator Plot InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration D/A Converter (DAC) Test Test Evaluation The noise on the step should be less than 3 μV. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Bad cable or grounding"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 293
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"on the step should be less than 3 μV. Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Bad cable or grounding problem between detector and external device. Check or replace the cable. 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 154 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Dark Current Test Dark Current Test The dark-current test measures the leakage current from each diode. The test is used to check for leaking diodes","chunk_index":292}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 294
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"test measures the leakage current from each diode. The test is used to check for leaking diodes which may cause non-linearity at specific wavelengths. During the test, the slit assembly moves to the dark position, cutting off all light falling onto the diode array. Next, the leakage current from each diode is measured, and displayed graphically. The leakage current (represented in counts) for each diode should fall within the limits. 1 Run the Dark Current Test with the recommended user","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":293}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 295
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"for each diode should fall within the limits. 1 Run the Dark Current Test with the recommended user interface (for further information see Online-Help of user interface). Figure 50 Dark Current Test – Results When In case of problem. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Test Functions and Calibration Dark Current Test Figure 51 Dark Current Test – Signals Test Failed Probable cause Suggested actions 1 Defective slit assembly (stray light).  Run the “Self-Test”on page 129. ","chunk_index":294}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 296
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Suggested actions 1 Defective slit assembly (stray light).  Run the “Self-Test”on page 129.  Run the “Slit Test (G7117B)” on page (part of the “Self-Test”on page 129). 2 Defective detector main board. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 3 Defective PDA/optical unit. Please contact your Agilent service representative. 156 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 8 Test Functions and Calibration Other Lab Advisor Functions Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early","chunk_index":295,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 297
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":296,"chroma:document":"Test Functions and Calibration Other Lab Advisor Functions Other Lab Advisor Functions EMFs - Early Maintenance Feature The EMFs screen allows you to view and manage the EMF counters for all modules in all systems. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Overview of Maintenance Cleaning the Module Remove and Install Doors Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 298
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":297,"chroma:document":"Remove and Install Doors Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell Correcting Leaks Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace the Module Firmware Information from Module’s Assemblies This chapter describes the maintenance of the module. 158 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The module is designed for easy"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 299
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance Introduction to Maintenance The module is designed for easy maintenance. Maintenance can be done from the front with module in place in the system stack. NOTE There are no serviceable parts inside. Do not open the module. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Warnings and Cautions Warnings and Cautions WARNING Toxic, flammable and hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold","chunk_index":298,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 300
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":299,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"hazardous solvents, samples and reagents The handling of solvents, samples and reagents can hold health and safety risks. ➔ When working with these substances observe appropriate safety procedures (for example by wearing goggles, safety gloves and protective clothing) as described in the material handling and safety data sheet supplied by the vendor, and follow good laboratory practice. ➔ The volume of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 301
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":300,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"of substances should be reduced to the minimum required for the analysis. ➔ Do not operate the instrument in an explosive atmosphere. WARNING Eye damage by detector light Eye damage may result from directly viewing the UV-light produced by the lamp of the optical system used in this product. ➔ Always turn the lamp of the optical system off before removing it. WARNING Electrical shock Repair work at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 302
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":301,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"at the module can lead to personal injuries, e.g. shock hazard, when the cover is opened. ➔ Do not remove the cover of the module. ➔ Only certified persons are authorized to carry out repairs inside the module. 160 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Warnings and Cautions WARNING Personal injury or damage to the product Agilent is not responsible for any damages caused, in whole or in part, by improper use of the products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 303
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":302,"chroma:document":"caused, in whole or in part, by improper use of the products, unauthorized alterations, adjustments or modifications to the products, failure to comply with procedures in Agilent product user guides, or use of the products in violation of applicable laws, rules or regulations. ➔ Use your Agilent products only in the manner described in the Agilent product user guides. CAUTION Safety standards for external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 304
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":303,"chroma:document":"external equipment ➔ If you connect external equipment to the instrument, make sure that you only use accessory units tested and approved according to the safety standards appropriate for the type of external equipment. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Overview of Maintenance The following pages describe maintenance (simple repairs) of the detector that can be carried out without opening the main cover. Table 18 Overview of Maintenance"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 305
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":304,"chroma:document":"detector that can be carried out without opening the main cover. Table 18 Overview of Maintenance Procedure Typical Frequency Notes Cleaning of module If required Deuterium lamp exchange If noise and/or drift exceeds your application limits or lamp does not ignite. A wavelength calibration test and an intensity test should be performed after replacement. Flow cell exchange If le aking or if intensity drops due to contaminated flow cell. A wavelength calibration test should be performed after"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 306
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":305,"chroma:document":"drops due to contaminated flow cell. A wavelength calibration test should be performed after replacement. Leak sensor drying If leak has occurred. Check for leaks. Leak handling System replacement If broken or corroded. Check for leaks. 162 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Cleaning the Module Cleaning the Module To keep the module case clean, use a soft cloth slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 307
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":306,"chroma:document":"slightly dampened with water, or a solution of water and mild detergent. WARNING Liquid dripping into the electronic compartment of your module can cause shock hazard and damage the module ➔ Do not use an excessively damp cloth during cleaning. ➔ Drain all solvent lines before opening any connections in the flow path. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Remove and Install Doors Remove and Install Doors Parts required p/n Description 5067-5737 Door left 5067-5736"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 308
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Install Doors Remove and Install Doors Parts required p/n Description 5067-5737 Door left 5067-5736 Door right NOTE The figures shown in this procedure exemplarily show the Infinity II Multisampler module. The principle of how to remove and/or install doors works in the same way for all Infinity II modules. 1 Press the release buttons and pull the front door out. 2 For the Installation of the front door. Insert the hinges into their guides and move the door in until the release buttons click","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":307}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 309
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":308,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"door. Insert the hinges into their guides and move the door in until the release buttons click into their final position. 164 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp Replace the Deuterium Lamp When If noise or drift exceeds application limits or lamp does not ignite. Tools required Description Screwdriver POZI 1 PT3 Parts required # p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag Preparations Turn the lamp off."}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 310
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag Preparations Turn the lamp off. WARNING Injury by touching hot lamp If the detector has been in use, the lamp may be hot. ➔ If so, wait for lamp to cool down. NOTE The lamp house cover includes a magnet. 1 Open the doors. 2 Locate the lamp cover. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp 3 Grab the lamp cover and pull it off (it is fixed by a magnet in the bottom of the cover). 4","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":309}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 311
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":310,"chroma:document":"Lamp 3 Grab the lamp cover and pull it off (it is fixed by a magnet in the bottom of the cover). 4 Unplug the lamp connector (1.) and unscrew the two lamp screws (2.) (Pozidriv). 5 Remove the lamp and place it on a clean place. NOTE Do not touch the glass bulb with your fingers. It may reduce the light output. 6 Insert the lamp (RFID tag on the right side). 7 Fix the lamp screws (1.) and reconnect the lamp connector (2.). 8 Place the lamp cable in the lamp cover. \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 312
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"the lamp connector (2.). 8 Place the lamp cable in the lamp cover. \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 166 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Deuterium Lamp 9 Slide the lamp cover into the top position of the metal front (1.) and press the lamp cover completely in until it clicks (2.). 10 Close the doors. 11 Perform a Wavelength Re-calibration after lamp warm-up. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":311}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 313
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":312,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"after lamp warm-up. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell When If leaking or if intensity drops due to contaminated flow cell. Tools required Description Wrench, 1/4 inch for capillary connections Parts required p/n Description G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 1.0 µL) G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 314
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"1.0 µL) G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell G4212-60032 HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) G4212-60038 ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) Preparations Turn the pump off. NOTE The flow cell is shipped with a filling of isopropanol. This is to avoid breakage due to subambient conditions. In case the flow cell is not used for some time (stored), then flush the flow cell with iso-propanol. 168 InfinityLab","chunk_index":313}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 315
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"is not used for some time (stored), then flush the flow cell with iso-propanol. 168 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Remove the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Open the doors. 2 Disconnect the capillaries from the flow cell cartridge. 3 Flip the cartridge lever towards the front (down). 4 Pull the cartridge holder completely out. 5 Remove the flow cell cartridge. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors","chunk_index":314,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 316
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":315,"chroma:document":"out. 5 Remove the flow cell cartridge. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Install the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Insert the flow cell cartridge. 2 Slide the cartridge holder completely into the detector. 3 Lift the cartridge lever up into the final position. 4 Reconnect the capillaries. 5 Close the doors. 6 Perform a Cell Test and a Wavelength Verification Test. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 170 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 317
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"a Cell Test and a Wavelength Verification Test. \u0003\u0014\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003\u0015\u0011\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 170 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Flush the flow cell with the alcohol for some time. 2 Remove the cell from the cartridge holder (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 167). 3 Carefully clean the light inlet and outlet of the cell using lens tissue or Q-tips® with alcohol. 4 Flush the flow cell with water","chunk_index":316}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 318
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":317,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"and outlet of the cell using lens tissue or Q-tips® with alcohol. 4 Flush the flow cell with water and repeat the Intensity Test and or Cell Test. When Low counts on Intensity Test or Cell Test (failed tests) Tools required p/n Description Alcohol (Iso-propanol or Ethanol) Lens tissue or Q-tips ® 5190-0530 Cell cleaning solvent NOTE If Q-tips® are used, ensure that no cotton fluff remains at the inlet or outlet. NOTE Do not touch the light inlet and outlet of the cell with your fingers. This"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 319
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":318,"chroma:document":"inlet or outlet. NOTE Do not touch the light inlet and outlet of the cell with your fingers. This will add a layer of contamination on the window and reduce the light throughput. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Clean the Max-Light Cartridge Cell 5 If the cleaning with the alcohol did not improve the results, the flow cell might be cleaned with cleaning fluid (PN 5190-0530). Use a concentration of 0.5 – 2 v/v % (cleaning fluid/water). Use a syringe to fill the","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 320
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":319,"chroma:document":"5190-0530). Use a concentration of 0.5 – 2 v/v % (cleaning fluid/water). Use a syringe to fill the flow cell with cleaning fluid. The following cleaning protocols are recommended:  Maximum 3 hours at 25 – 30 °C or  30 – 40 min at 30 – 35 °C. 6 Repeat step 4 on page 170. 7 If tests fail again, the flow cell might be replaced if the chromatographic performace cannot be accepted. NOTE The optimal concentration depends on the water quality, the contamination, the temperature, and other factors."}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 321
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"concentration depends on the water quality, the contamination, the temperature, and other factors. The use of demineralized water may improve the cleaning characteristics. 172 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell Storage of Max-Light Cartridge Cell 1 Flush the Max- Light Cartridge Flow Cell with iso- propanol or methanol and insert the plugs into the cell inlet and outlet (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page","chunk_index":320}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 322
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":321,"chroma:document":"insert the plugs into the cell inlet and outlet (see “Replace the Max-Light Cartridge Cell” on page 167). 2 Remove the Max-Light Cartridge Cell from the cartridge holder of the detector. 3 Replace the black hoods, that secure the cell light inlet and outlet. 4 Store the Max-Light Cartridge Cell in plastic case provided with the Max-Light Cartridge Flow Cell. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Correcting Leaks Correcting Leaks When If leak has occurred. Tools"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 323
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":322,"chroma:document":"User Manual Maintenance Correcting Leaks Correcting Leaks When If leak has occurred. Tools required Description Tissue Preparations Turn the pump off. 1 Open the doors. 2 Use tissue to dry the leak sensor area (1). Observe the capillary connections and the flow cell area (2) for leaks and correct, if required. 3 Close the doors. \u0003 \u0014 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0015 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u00032 174 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace Leak Handling System Parts Parts"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 324
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Manual 9 Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts Replace Leak Handling System Parts Parts required p/n Description 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) approximately 85 mm required 1 Open the doors. 2 Locate the Leak Adapter (1) and Tubing (2). 3 Press the Leak Adapter down and remove it together with the tubing. 4 Install the Leak Adapter by pressing it into the Main Cover. \u0003 \u0014 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003 \u0015 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors","chunk_index":323}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 325
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":324,"chroma:document":"by pressing it into the Main Cover. \u0003 \u0014 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u0003 \u0015 \u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace Leak Handling System Parts 5 Insert the Tubing (approximately 85 mm required for replacement) between Leak Adapter outlet and Leak Panel. 6 Close the doors. 176 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Replace the Module Firmware Replace the Module Firmware To upgrade/downgrade the module’s firmware carry out the following steps: 1","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 326
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"the Module Firmware To upgrade/downgrade the module’s firmware carry out the following steps: 1 Download the required module firmware, the latest FW Update Tool and the documentation from the Agilent web. http://www.agilent.com/en-us/firmwareDownload?whid=69761 2 For loading the firmware into the module follow the instructions in the documentation. When The installation of newer firmware might be necessary  if a newer version solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":325}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 327
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"be necessary  if a newer version solves problems of older versions or  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision. The installation of older firmware might be necessary  to keep all systems on the same (validated) revision or  if a new module with newer firmware is added to a system or  if third party control software requires a special version. Tools required Description Agilent Lab Advisor software OR Instant Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required #","chunk_index":326}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 328
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Agilent Lab Advisor software OR Instant Pilot G4208A (only if supported by module) Parts required # Description 1 Firmware, tools and documentation from Agilent web site Preparations Read update documentation provided with the Firmware Update Tool. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Maintenance Replace the Module Firmware Module Specific Information Table 19 Module Specific Information (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) G7117B 1290 DAD G7117A 1290 DAD FS G7117C 1260 DAD HS Initial","chunk_index":327,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 329
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":328,"chroma:document":"Information (G7117A/G7117B/G7117C) G7117B 1290 DAD G7117A 1290 DAD FS G7117C 1260 DAD HS Initial firmware (main and resident) D.06.70 D.07.01 Compatibility with 1100/1200/1260/ 1290 series modules When using the detector in a system, all other modules must have firmware from set 6.50 (latest version) or later (main and resident). Otherwise the communication will not work. Conversion to / emulation G4212A, G4212B, G7117A G4212B G4212B 178 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 330
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"G4212A, G4212B, G7117A G4212B G4212B 178 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 9 Maintenance Information from Module’s Assemblies Information from Module’s Assemblies Lamp and Flow Cell RFID Tag The detector is equipped with a UV lamp and flow cell identification system using RFID (radio frequency identification) tags attached to the assemblies and RFID tag readers at the optical unit. The table below lists all parameters stored in the RFID tag. Serial Number and Firmware","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":329}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 331
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":330,"chroma:document":"unit. The table below lists all parameters stored in the RFID tag. Serial Number and Firmware Revision The user interface provides module specific information that is stored in the main board. These are for example the serial number, firmware revision. Table 20 RFID Tag Data Lamp information Flow cell information  product number  product number  serial number  serial number  production date  production date  accumulated UV on time (in hours)  nominal path length of the cell (in mm) "}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 332
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":" production date  accumulated UV on time (in hours)  nominal path length of the cell (in mm)  actual UV lamp on time (in hours)  cell volume (σ) in µL  number of ignitions  maximum pressure (in bar)  date of last intensity test  date of last cell test NOTE The pressure value is always displayed in bar, even if the user interface uses other units, e.g. PSI. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":331}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 333
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Parts Accessory Kit This chapter provides information on parts for maintenance. 180 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Overview of Maintenance Parts Overview of Maintenance Parts Figure 52 Overview of maintenance parts For cables, see “Cable Overview” on page 184. Item p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp","chunk_index":332,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 334
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"cables, see “Cable Overview” on page 184. Item p/n Description 1 5190-0917 Long-life Deuterium lamp (8-pin) with RFID tag 2 G4212-60008 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V( σ) 1.0 µL) OR 2 G4212-60007 Max-Light Cartridge Cell (60 mm, V(σ) 4.0 µL) OR 2 G4212-60011 Max-Light Cartridge Test Cell OR 2 G4212-60032 HDR Max-Light Cartridge Cell (3.7 mm, V(σ) 0.4 µL) OR 2 G4212-60038 ULD Max-Light Cartridge Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 3 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 4 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9","chunk_index":333,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 335
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":334,"chroma:document":"Cell (10 mm, V(σ) 0.6 µL) 3 5043-0856 Leak Adapter 4 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) for Waste and Leak Adapter (ca. 85 mm required) 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit (Flow Cell to waste) 5 5067-5737 Door left 6 5067-5736 Door right 7 5043-1013 Tubing Clip InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit Accessory Kit G7117-68755 Accessory Kit p/n Description 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit 5063-6527 Tubing","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 336
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":335,"chroma:document":"Kit G7117-68755 Accessory Kit p/n Description 5062-8535 Waste accessory kit 5063-6527 Tubing assembly, i.d. 6 mm, o.d. 9 mm, 1.2 m (to waste) see item 4 in Figure 52 on page 5181-1516 CAN cable, Agilent module to module, 0.5 m 5500-1155 Tube Connector, 90 degree, ID 6.4 5043-1013 Tubing Clip see item 7 in Figure 52 on page 5500-1191 Capillary ST 0.12 mm x 280 mm, long socket 182 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 337
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 10 Parts and Materials for Maintenance Accessory Kit InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual Agilent Technologies LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First TCP/IP parameter configuration Configuration Switches Initialization Mode Selection Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) Manual Configuration With Telnet With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) This chapter provides information on connecting","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":336}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 338
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"With Telnet With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) This chapter provides information on connecting the module to the Agilent ChemStation PC. 216 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration What You Have to Do First What You Have to Do First The module has an on- board LAN communication interface. 1 Note the MAC (Media Access Control) address for further reference. The MAC or hardware address of the LAN interfaces is a world wide unique identifier. No other network","chunk_index":337,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 339
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"MAC or hardware address of the LAN interfaces is a world wide unique identifier. No other network device will have the same hardware address. The MAC address can be found on a label at the rear of the module underneath the configuration switch (see Figure 58 on page 216). Figure 57 MAC-Label 2 Connect the instrument's LAN interface (see Figure 58 on page 216) to  the PC network card using a crossover network cable (point-to-point) or  a hub or switch using a standard LAN cable. Figure 58","chunk_index":338}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 340
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":339,"chroma:document":"crossover network cable (point-to-point) or  a hub or switch using a standard LAN cable. Figure 58 Location of LAN interfaces and MAC label NOTE This chapter is generic and may show figures that differ from your module. The functionality is the same. 3DUW\u0003QXPEHU\u0003RI\u0003WKH\u0003GHWHFWRU\u0003PDLQ\u0003ERDUG 5HYLVLRQ\u0003&RGH\u000f\u00039HQGRU\u000f\u0003<HDU\u0003DQG\u0003:HHN\u0003RI\u0003DVVHPEO\\ 0$&\u0003DGGUHVV &RXQWU\\\u0003RI\u00032ULJLQ \u0003/$1\u0003LQWHUIDFH\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 \u00030$&\u0003ODEHO\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration TCP/IP parameter"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 341
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":340,"chroma:document":"InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration TCP/IP parameter configuration To operate properly in a network environment, the LAN interface must be configured with valid TCP/IP network parameters. These parameters are:  IP address  Subnet Mask  Default Gateway The TCP/IP parameters can be configured by the following methods:  by automatically requesting the parameters from a network-based DHCP Server (using the so-called Dynamic","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 342
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":341,"chroma:document":"requesting the parameters from a network-based DHCP Server (using the so-called Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol). This mode requires a LAN-onboard Module or a G1369C LAN Interface card, see “Setup (DHCP)” on page  by manually setting the parameters using Telnet  by manually setting the parameters using the Instant Pilot (G4208A) The LAN interface differentiates between several initialization modes. The initialization mode (short form ‘init mode’) defines how to determine the active TCP/IP","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 343
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"modes. The initialization mode (short form ‘init mode’) defines how to determine the active TCP/IP parameters after power-on. The parameters may be derived non-volatile memory or initialized with known default values. The initialization mode is selected by the configuration switch, see Table 26 on page 219. 218 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Configuration Switches Configuration Switches The configuration switch can be accessed at the rear of the","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":342}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 344
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":343,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Switches Configuration Switches The configuration switch can be accessed at the rear of the module. Figure 59 Location of Configuration switch (example shows a G7114A/B VWD) The module is shipped with all switches set to OFF, as shown above. \u0003&RQILJXUDWLRQ\u0003VZLWFK\u0003\u0003\u0003\u0003 NOTE To perform any LAN configuration, SW1 and SW2 must be set to OFF. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Initialization Mode Selection The following"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 345
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Manual LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Initialization Mode Selection The following initialization (init) modes are selectable: Default IP address for LAN is 192.168.254.11. DHCP address is the module’s LAN MAC address. Using Stored When initialization mode Using Stored is selected, the parameters are taken from the non-volatile memory of the module. The TCP/IP connection will be established using these parameters. The parameters were configured previously by one of the described","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":344}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 346
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":345,"chroma:document":"using these parameters. The parameters were configured previously by one of the described methods. Figure 60 Using Stored (Principle) Table 26 Initialization Mode Switches SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 Init Mode 000000U s e D e f a u l t I P Address 000010U s e S t o r e d I P A d d r e s s 000100U s e D H C P Note: The setting ‘0’ (down) is essential. 1RQ\u00109RODWLOH 5$0 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 220 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Initialization","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 347
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"220 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Initialization Mode Selection Using Default When Using Default is selected, the factory default parameters are taken instead. These parameters enable a TCP/IP connection to the LAN interface without further configuration, see Table 27 on page 220. Figure 61 Using Default (Principle) Since the default IP address is a so-called local address, it will not be routed by any network device. Thus, the PC and the module","chunk_index":346,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 348
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":347,"chroma:document":"a so-called local address, it will not be routed by any network device. Thus, the PC and the module must reside in the same subnet. The user may open a Telnet session using the default IP address and change the parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. He may then close the session, select the initialization mode Using Stored, power-on again and establish the TCP/IP connection using the new parameters. When the module is wired to the PC directly (e.g. using a cross-over cable"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 349
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"the new parameters. When the module is wired to the PC directly (e.g. using a cross-over cable or a local hub), separated from the local area network, the user may simply keep the default parameters to establish the TCP/IP connection. $FWLYH 3DUDPHWHU 'HIDXOW 3DUDPHWHU NOTE Using the default address in your local area network may result in network problems. Take care and change it to a valid address immediately. Table 27 Using Default Parameters IP address: 192.168.254.11 Subnet Mask:","chunk_index":348}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 350
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":349,"chroma:document":"address immediately. Table 27 Using Default Parameters IP address: 192.168.254.11 Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0 Default Gateway not specified NOTE In the Using Default mode, the parameters stored in the memory of the module are not cleared automatically. If not changed by the user, they are still available, when switching back to the mode Using Stored. InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic Host Configuration"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 351
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) General Information (DHCP) The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an auto configuration protocol used on IP networks. The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with \"D\"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. When the","chunk_index":350}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 352
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":351,"chroma:document":"or modules with \"D\"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. When the initialization mode “DHCP” is selected, the card tries to download the parameters from a DHCP Server. The parameters obtained become the active parameters immediately. They are not stored to the non-volatile memory of the card. Besides requesting the network parameters, the card also submits its hostname to the DHCP Server. The hostname equals the MAC address of the card, e.g. 0030d3177321. It is","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 353
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"to the DHCP Server. The hostname equals the MAC address of the card, e.g. 0030d3177321. It is the DHCP server's responsibility to forward the hostname/address information to the Domain Name Server. The card does not offer any services for hostname resolution (e.g. NetBIOS). Figure 62 DHCP (Principle) '+&3\u0003 6HUYHU $FWLYH\u0003 3DUDPHWHU NOTE 1 It may take some time until the DHCP server has updated the DNS server with the hostname information. 2 It may be necessary to fully qualify the hostname with","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":352}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 354
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":353,"chroma:document":"DNS server with the hostname information. 2 It may be necessary to fully qualify the hostname with the DNS suffix, e.g. 0030d3177321.country.company.com. 3 The DHCP server may reject the hostname proposed by the card and assign a name following local naming conventions. 222 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Setup (DHCP) The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 355
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":354,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Setup (DHCP) The DHCP functionality is available on all Agilent HPLC modules with on-board LAN Interface or LAN Interface Card G1369C, and “B”-firmware (B.06.40 or above) or modules with \"D\"-firmware. All modules should use latest firmware from the same set. 1 Note the MAC address of the LAN interface (provided with G1369C LAN Interface Card or Main Board). This MAC address is on a label on the card or at the rear of the main board, e.g. 0030d3177321. On the Instant Pilot the MAC address can be"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 356
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":355,"chroma:document":"or at the rear of the main board, e.g. 0030d3177321. On the Instant Pilot the MAC address can be found under Details in the LAN section. Figure 63 LAN Setting on Instant Pilot InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 2 Set the Configuration Switch to DHCP either on the G1369C LAN Interface Card or the main board of above mentioned modules. 3 Turn on the module that hosts the LAN interface. 4 Configure your Control","source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 357
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"mentioned modules. 3 Turn on the module that hosts the LAN interface. 4 Configure your Control Software (e.g. OpenLAB CDS ChemStation Edition, Lab Advisor, Firmware Update Tool) and use MAC address as host name, e.g. 0030d3177321. The LC system should become visible in the control software (see Note in section “General Information (DHCP)” on page 221). Table 28 G1369C LAN Interface Card (configuration switch on the card) S W 4S W 5S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF","chunk_index":356,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 358
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"switch on the card) S W 4S W 5S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF OFF OFF DHCP Table 29 LC Modules with 8-bit configuration switch (B-firmware) (configuration switch at rear of the instrument) S W 6S W 7S W 8I n i t i a l i z a t i o n M o d e ON OFF OFF DHCP 224 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration Manual Configuration Manual configuration only alters the set of parameters stored in the non-volatile memory","chunk_index":357}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 359
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":358,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Manual configuration only alters the set of parameters stored in the non-volatile memory of the module. It never affects the currently active parameters. Therefore, manual configuration can be done at any time. A power cycle is mandatory to make the stored parameters become the active parameters, given that the initialization mode selection switches are allowing it. Figure 64 Manual Configuration (Principle) 7(/1(7 6HVVLRQ &RQWURO 0RGXOH 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU 1RQ\u00109RODWLOH 5$0 InfinityLab LC Series"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 360
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":359,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"(Principle) 7(/1(7 6HVVLRQ &RQWURO 0RGXOH 6WRUHG 3DUDPHWHU 1RQ\u00109RODWLOH 5$0 InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration With Telnet Whenever a TCP/IP connection to the module is possible (TCP/IP parameters set by any method), the parameters may be altered by opening a Telnet session. 1 Open the system (DOS) prompt window by clicking on Windows START button and select “Run...”. Type “cmd” and press OK. 2 Type the following at the system (DOS)"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 361
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":360,"chroma:document":"START button and select “Run...”. Type “cmd” and press OK. 2 Type the following at the system (DOS) prompt:  c:\\>telnet <IP address> or  c:\\>telnet <host name> Figure 65 Telnet - Starting a session where <IP address> may be the assigned address from a Bootp cycle, a configuration session with the Handheld Controller, or the default IP address (see “Configuration Switches” on page 218). When the connection was established successfully, the module responds with the following: Figure 66 A"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 362
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"the connection was established successfully, the module responds with the following: Figure 66 A connection to the module is made 3 Type ? and press enter to see the available commands. Figure 67 Telnet Commands 226 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 4 To change a parameter follows the style:  parameter value, for example: ip 134.40.28.56 Then press [Enter], where parameter refers to the configuration parameter you are defining,","chunk_index":361}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 363
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Then press [Enter], where parameter refers to the configuration parameter you are defining, and value refers to the definitions you are assigning to that parameter. Each parameter entry is followed by a carriage return. 5 Use the “/” and press Enter to list the current settings. Table 30 Telnet Commands Value Description ? displays syntax and descriptions of commands / displays current LAN settings ip <x.x.x.x> sets new ip address sm <x.x.x.x> sets new subnet mask gw <x.x.x.x> sets new default","chunk_index":362,"source_document_id":1}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 364
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":363,"chroma:document":"ip <x.x.x.x> sets new ip address sm <x.x.x.x> sets new subnet mask gw <x.x.x.x> sets new default gateway exit exits shell and saves all changes Figure 68 Telnet - Current settings in \"Using Stored\" mode information about the LAN interface MAC address, initialization mode Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings TCP/IP status - here ready connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 365
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"(e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected InfinityLab LC Series Diode Array Detectors User Manual LAN Configuration Manual Configuration 6 Change the IP address (in this example 192.168.254.12) and type “/” to list current settings. 7 When you have finished typing the configuration parameters, type exit and press Enter to exit with storing parameters. Figure 70 Closing the Telnet Session Figure 69 Telnet - Change IP settings change of IP setting to Initialization mode is Using Stored","source_document_id":1,"chunk_index":364}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 366
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"Figure 69 Telnet - Change IP settings change of IP setting to Initialization mode is Using Stored active TCP/IP settings stored TCP/IP settings in non-volatile memory connected to PC with controller software (e.g. Agilent ChemStation), here not connected NOTE If the Initialization Mode Switch is changed now to “Using Stored” mode, the instrument will take the stored settings when the module is re-booted. In the example above it would be 192.168.254.12. 228 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array","chunk_index":365}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 367
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":366,"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"re-booted. In the example above it would be 192.168.254.12. 228 InfinityLab LC Series Diod e Array Detectors User Manual 13 LAN Configuration Manual Configuration With the Instant Pilot (G4208A) To configure the TCP/IP parameters before connecting the module to the network, the Instant Pilot (G4208A) can be used. 1 From the Welcome screen press the More button. 2 Select Configure. 3 Press the DAD button. 4 Scroll down to the LAN settings. Figure 71 Instant Pilot - LAN Configuration (Edit mode)"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 368
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":1,"chroma:document":"button. 4 Scroll down to the LAN settings. Figure 71 Instant Pilot - LAN Configuration (Edit mode) 5 Press the Edit button (only visible if not in Edit mode), perform the required changes and press the Done button. 6 Leave the screen by clicking Exit.","chunk_index":367}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 369
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"10 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Instrument and Operation Introduction to the Pump The binary pump comprises two identical pumps integrated into one housing. Binary gradients are created by high-pressure mixing. A built-in degasser is available for applications that require best flow stability, especially at low flow rates, for maximum detector sensitivity. Pulse damper and mixer can be bypassed for low flowrate","chunk_index":0,"source_document_id":2}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 370
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":1,"source_document_id":2,"chroma:document":"rates, for maximum detector sensitivity. Pulse damper and mixer can be bypassed for low flowrate applications or whenever a minimal transient volume is desirable. Typical applications are high throughput methods with fast gradients on high resolution 2.1 mm columns. The pump is capable of delivering flow in the range of 0.1 – 5 mL/min against up to 600 bar. A solvent selection valve (optional) allows to form binary mixtures (isocratic or gradient) from one of two solvents per channel. Active"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 371
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chunk_index":2,"chroma:document":"allows to form binary mixtures (isocratic or gradient) from one of two solvents per channel. Active seal wash (optional) is available for use with concentrated buffer solutions. Figure 1 Overview of the binary pump InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Instrument and Operation Principle of Operation The binary pump is based on a two-channel, dual-piston in-series design which comprises all essential functions that a solvent delivery system has to fulfill.","source_document_id":2}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 372
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":3,"chroma:document":"design which comprises all essential functions that a solvent delivery system has to fulfill. Metering of solvent and delivery to the high-pressure side are performed by two pump assemblies which can generate pressure up to 600 bar. Each channel comprises a pump assembly including pump drive, pump head, active inlet valve with replaceable cartridge, and outlet valve. The two channels are fed into a low-volume mixing chamber which is connected via a restriction capillary coil to a damping unit"}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 373
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":2,"chroma:document":"a low-volume mixing chamber which is connected via a restriction capillary coil to a damping unit and a mixer. A pressure sensor monitors the pump pressure. A purge valve with integrated PTFE frit is fitted to the pump outlet for convenient priming of the pumping system. 12 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Figure 2 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with damper and mixer Damper and mixer can be bypassed for lowest delay","chunk_index":4}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 374
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"path of the Binary Pump with damper and mixer Damper and mixer can be bypassed for lowest delay volume of the binary pump. This configuration is recommended for low flow rate applications with steep gradients. Figure 3 on page 13 illustrates the flow path in low delay volume mode. For instructions on how to change between the two configurations, see “Convert the Binary Pump to Low Delay Volume Mode” on page 64. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing","source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":5}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 375
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Mode” on page 64. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing chamber Inlet valve Inlet valve Outlet valve Outlet valve Purge valve to waste NOTE Bypassing the mixer while the damper remains in line is not a supported configuration and may lead to undesired behavior of the binary pump. InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Instrument and Operation Figure 3 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with bypassed damper and","source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":6}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 376
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Instrument and Operation Figure 3 The hydraulic path of the Binary Pump with bypassed damper and mixer For pump specifications, see “Performance Specifications” on page 30. SSV Seal wash pump Pump head A Pump head B Damper Mixer Pressure sensor Mixing chamber Inlet valve Inlet valve Outlet valve Outlet valve Purge valve to waste 14 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Instrument and Operation Product Description The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump","source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":7}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 377
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":8,"chroma:document":"Introduction Instrument and Operation Product Description The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump is suited for LC applications using conventional or superficially porous particles columns, as well as STM column technology. Gradient formation is based on a high-pressure mixing principle. Standard or low delay volumes can be easily configured by the user. The Agilent 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump offers reproducible gradients and high-performance, providing high-throughput and fast separations."}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 378
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"offers reproducible gradients and high-performance, providing high-throughput and fast separations. The pump is suitable for routine applications, with UV or MS detection, where high speed and resolution with uncompromised data quality are required. Figure 4 Overview of the pump Features  Configurable delay volume - down to 120 μL together with a flow range up to 5 mL/min provides universal applicability.  Change from standard to low delay volume configuration is enabled.  High gradient","chunk_index":9,"source_document_id":2}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 379
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"applicability.  Change from standard to low delay volume configuration is enabled.  High gradient performance - even at low % B and narrow-bore flow rates.  Integrated 2-channel-degasser.  Fast and precise gradients using LC/MS, as well as UV-only systems.  Fully exploits the speed and separation potential of Poroshell. Status indicator Active seal wash Purge valve Degasser Pump head A Pump head B Leak drain Power switch InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual","chunk_index":10,"source_document_id":2}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 380
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"Pump head B Leak drain Power switch InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infinity II Binary Pump User Manual Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path Overview of the Hydraulic Path The solvent from the bottle in the solvent cabinet enters the pump through an active inlet valve. Each side of the binary pump comprises two substantially identical pump units. Both pump units comprise a ball-screw drive and a pump head with two sapphire pistons for reciprocating movement. Figure 5 Pump head 2XWOHW\u0003 YDOYH","source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":11}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 381
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"source_document_id":2,"chroma:document":"a pump head with two sapphire pistons for reciprocating movement. Figure 5 Pump head 2XWOHW\u0003 YDOYH ,QOHW\u0003 YDOYH )URP\u0003VROYHQW\u0003ERWWOH 7R\u0003PL[LQJ\u0003FKDPEHU 6HDO 3LVWRQ %DOO\u0003VFUHZ\u0003GULYH 0RWRU\u0003ZLWK\u0003HQFRGHU *HDU 16 InfinityLab LC Series 1260 Infini ty II Binary Pump User Manual 1 Introduction Overview of the Hydraulic Path A servo-controlled variable reluctance motor drives the two ball-screw drives in opposite directions. The gears for the ball-screw drives have different circumferences (ratio 2:1)","chunk_index":12}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 382
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"opposite directions. The gears for the ball-screw drives have different circumferences (ratio 2:1) allowing the first piston to move at double the speed of the second piston. The solvent enters the pump heads close to the bottom limit and leaves it at its top. The outer diameter of the piston is smaller than the inner diameter of the pump-head chamber allowing the solvent to fill the gap in between. The first piston has a stroke volume in the range of 20 μL to 100 μL depending on the flow rate.","source_document_id":2,"chunk_index":13}


created_at: 2025-06-19 07:06:04
topic: persistent://default/default/3cd34793-a006-4ebf-a237-6efa1014ebb2
id: 383
encoding: FLOAT32
metadata:
{"chroma:document":"The first piston has a stroke volume in the range of 20 μL to 100 μL depending on the flow rate. The microprocessor controls all flow rates in a range of 1 μL/min to 5 mL/min. The inlet of the first pumping unit is connected to the active inlet valve which is processor-controlled opened or closed allowing solvent to be drawn into the first pump unit. The outlet of the first pump chamber is connected by a 500 μL absorber capillary to the second pump chamber. The outlets of the second chambers of","chunk_index":14,"source_document_id":2}


